2003 nissan murano - nissan extended warranty

Foreword

Welcome to the growing family of new NISSANowners. This vehicle is delivered to you withconfidence. It was produced using the latesttechniques and strict quality control.

This manual was prepared to help you under-stand the operation and maintenance of yourvehicle so that you may enjoy many miles ofdriving pleasure. Please read through thismanual before operating your vehicle.

A separate Warranty Information Bookletexplains details about the warranties cov-ering your vehicle. The NISSAN Serviceand Maintenance Guide explains detailsabout maintaining and servicing your ve-hicle. Additionally, a separate CustomerCare/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) willexplain how to resolve any concerns youmay have with your vehicle, as well asclarify your rights under your state’s lemonlaw.

Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best.When you require any service or have anyquestions, he will be glad to assist you with theextensive resources available to him.

READ FIRST — THEN DRIVESAFELYBefore driving your vehicle please readyour Owner’s Manual carefully. This willensure familiarity with controls and main-

tenance requirements, assisting you in thesafe operation of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMA-TIONREMINDERS FOR SAFETY!

Follow these important driving rules tohelp ensure a safe and comfortable tripfor you and your passengers!

� Never drive under the influence ofalcohol or drugs.

� Always observe posted speed limitsand never drive too fast for condi-tions.

� Always use your seat belts. Refer to“Child safety” and “Child restraints”in the “Seats, restraints and supple-mental air bag systems” section forprecautions regarding children.

� Always provide information about theproper use of vehicle safety featuresto all occupants of the vehicle.

� Always review this Owner’s Manualfor important safety information.

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLEThis vehicle should not be modified. Modi-fication could affect its performance,safety or durability, and may even violategovernmental regulations. In addition,damage or performance problems result-ing from modification may not be coveredunder NISSAN warranties.

WHEN READING THE MANUALThis manual includes information for alloptions available on this model. There-fore, you may find some information thatdoes not apply to your vehicle.

All information, specifications and illustrations inthis manual are those in effect at the time ofprinting. NISSAN reserves the right to changespecifications or design at any time withoutnotice.

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

IMPORTANT INFORMATIONABOUT THIS MANUALYou will see various symbols in this manual.They are used in the following ways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause death or seriouspersonal injury. To avoid or reduce therisk, the procedures must be followedprecisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause minor or moder-ate personal injury or damage to yourvehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, theprocedures must be followed carefully.

If you see this symbol, it means Do not do thisor Do not let this happen.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65WARNING

WARNING

Engine Exhaust, some of its constituents,and certain vehicle components containor emit chemicals known to State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birth de-fects or other reproductive harm.

© 2002 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.TOKYO, JAPAN

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’s Manual may bereproduced or stored in a retrieval system, or transmittedin any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical,photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the priorwritten permission of Nissan Motor Co., Ltd.

SIC0697

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Welcome To The World Of NISSAN

Your new NISSAN is the result of our dedication toproduce the finest in safe, reliable and economicaltransportation. Your vehicle is the product of asuccessful worldwide company that manufacturescars and trucks in over 17 countries and distributesthem in 170 nations.

NISSAN vehicles are designed and manufacturedby Nissan Motor Co., Ltd. which was founded inTokyo, Japan in 1933, and NISSAN affiliates worldwide, collectively growing to become the fifthlargest automaker in the world. In addition to carsand trucks, NISSAN also makes forklift trucks,marine engines, boats and other diversified prod-ucts.

NISSAN has made a substantial and growinginvestment in North America. NISSAN’S commit-ment is nearly $4 billion dollars in capital invest-ments in facilities across the continent. Some of

the facilities include the Nissan Manufacturingfacility in Smyrna, Tennessee, vehicle styling de-sign at Nissan Design America in San Diego,California, and engineering at Nissan TechnicalCenter North America in Farmington Hills, Michi-gan. Additionally, NISSAN employs nearly 18,000people throughout the United States, Canada, andMexico. An additional 71,000 people work for the1,500 NISSAN and INFINITI dealers across NorthAmerica.

NISSAN is also a substantial contributor to theCanadian economy. Nissan Canada Inc., its sup-pliers and over 140 dealers employ approximately4,500 people. These include company employeesand the staffs of NISSAN dealers all acrossCanada. In addition, many Canadians work forcompanies that supply NISSAN and NISSAN deal-ers with materials and services ranging from op-eration of port facilities and transportation services

to the supply of lubricants, parts and accessories.

NISSAN pioneered the use of electronics andcomputers in automobiles, and has led the industryin improving both performance and fuel efficiencythrough new engine designs and the use of syn-thetic materials to reduce vehicle weight. Thecompany has also developed ways to build qualityinto its vehicles at each stage of the productionprocess, both through extensive use of automationand — most importantly — through an awarenessthat people are the central element in qualitycontrol.

From the time the parts arrived from our suppliersuntil you took delivery of your new Nissan, dozensof checks were made to ensure that only the bestjob was being done in producing and deliveringyour vehicle. NISSAN also takes great care toensure that when you take your NISSAN to yourdealer for maintenance, the service technician willperform his work according to the quality stan-dards that have been established by the factory.

Safety has also been built into your NISSAN. Asyou know, seat belts are an integral part of thesafety systems that will help protect you and yourpassengers in the event of a sudden stop or anaccident. We urge you to use the seat belts everytime you drive the vehicle.

The NISSAN story of growth and achievementreflects our major goal: to provide you, our cus-tomer, with a vehicle that is built with quality andcraftsmanship — a product that we can be proudto build and you can be proud to own.

WFW0002

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM

NISSAN CARES ...

Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealerare our primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs.

However, if there is something that yourNISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or youwould like to provide NISSAN directly withcomments or questions, please contact our(NISSAN’s) Consumer Affairs Department us-ing our toll-free number:

For U.S. mainland customers1-800-NISSAN-1(1-800-647-7261)

For Hawaii customers(808) 836-0888 (Oahu Number)

For Canadian customers1-800-387-0122

The Consumer Affairs Department will ask forthe following information:— Your name, address, and telephone

number— Vehicle identification number (on dash panel)— Date of purchase— Current odometer reading— Your NISSAN dealer’s name— Your comments or questionsOR

You can write to NISSAN with the informationon the left at:

For U.S. mainland and Alaska customersNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 191Gardena, California 90248-0191

For Hawaii customersNissan Motor Corporation in Hawaii2880 Kilihau St.Honolulu, Hawaii 96819

For Canada customersNissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5

We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Table ofContents

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audiosystems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Technical and consumer information

Index

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

1 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bagsystems

Seats ......................................................................................... 1-2Front manual seat adjustment — passenger side ... 1-2Front power seat adjustment ........................................ 1-3Rear seat adjustment ...................................................... 1-5Head restraint adjustment.............................................. 1-7Active head restraint (front seats) ............................... 1-8Armrest ............................................................................... 1-9

Supplemental restraint system ........................................... 1-9Precautions on supplemental restraint system......... 1-9Supplemental air bag warning labels ....................... 1-20Supplemental air bag warning light .......................... 1-20

Seat belts .............................................................................. 1-22Precautions on seat belt usage................................. 1-22Child safety ..................................................................... 1-24

Pregnant women............................................................ 1-25Injured persons............................................................... 1-25Three-point type seat belt with retractor................. 1-25Rear center seat belt .................................................... 1-29Seat belt extenders ....................................................... 1-31Seat belt maintenance ................................................. 1-32

Child restraints ..................................................................... 1-32Precautions on child restraints................................... 1-32Installation on rear seat center or outboardpositions........................................................................... 1-34Latch (Lower Anchors and Tether for Children)system .............................................................................. 1-39Top tether strap child restraint................................... 1-40Installation on front passenger seat.......................... 1-42

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

WARNING

� Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accidentyou could be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious injuries.You could also slide under the lapbelt and receive serious internalinjuries.

� For most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seatshould be upright. Always sit wellback in the seat and adjust the seatbelt properly. See “Precautions onseat belt usage” later in this section.

FRONT MANUAL SEATADJUSTMENT — Passenger side

WARNING

After adjustment, gently rock in the seatto make sure it is securely locked.

SSS0133

SEATS

1-2 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Forward and backwardPull the lever up while you slide the seat forwardor backward to the desired position. Release thelever to lock the seat in position.

RecliningTo recline the seatback, pull the lever up andlean back. To bring the seatback forward again,pull the lever and move your body forward. Theseatback moves forward.

FRONT POWER SEATADJUSTMENT

WARNING

� Do not adjust the driver’s seat whiledriving so full attention may be givento vehicle operation.

� Do not leave children unattended in-side the vehicle. They could unknow-ingly activate switches or controls.Unattended children could becomeinvolved in serious accidents.

Operating tips� The seat motor has an auto-reset overload

protection circuit. If the motor stops duringoperation, wait 30 seconds, then reactivatethe switch.

� Do not operate the power support seatfor a long period of time when the engine isoff. This will discharge the battery.

See “Automatic drive positioner” in the “3. Pre-driving checks and adjustments” for automaticseat positioner operation.

SSS0179

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-3

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Forward and backwardMoving the switch forward or backward will slidethe seat forward or backward to the desiredposition.

RecliningMove the recline switch backward until thedesired angle is obtained. To bring the seatbackforward again, move the switch forward andmove your body forward. The seatback will moveforward.

Seat lifter (if so equipped for driver’sseat)Push the front or rear end of the switch up ordown to adjust the angle and height of the seatcushion.

SSS0148 SSS0166


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Lumbar support (if so equipped fordriver’s seat)The lumbar support feature provides lower backsupport to the driver. Move the lever up or downto adjust the seat lumbar area.

REAR SEAT ADJUSTMENT

Folding

1. Secure the seat belt at the belt hooks on theside wall. See “Seat belt hook” later in thissection.

2. Secure the center seat belt and tongues intothe retractor base. See “Stowing rear centerseat belt” later in this section.

3. Put the seat belt buckles into the seat cush-ion.See “Storing rear seat belt buckles” later inthis section.

4. Remove the head restraints.

5. After removing the tonneau cover (if soequipped) from each rear seatback, pull thestrap on the rear seat �A or pull the lever �Bbeside the cargo area and fold the seatback.

6. When returning the seatbacks, be sure toinstall the head restraints and attach the rearcenter seat belt connector.

WARNING

� Never allow anyone to ride in thecargo area or on the rear seat when itis in the fold-down position. Use ofthese areas by passengers withoutproper restraints could result in seri-ous injury in an accident or suddenstop.

� It is extremely dangerous to ride in acargo area inside of a vehicle. In acollision, people riding in these areasare more likely to be seriously in-jured or killed.

� Do not allow people to ride in anyarea of your vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seat belts.

SPA0467 SSS0226


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Be sure everyone in your vehicle is ina seat and using a seat belt properly.

� Do not fold down the rear seats whenoccupants are in the rear seat area orany luggage is on the rear seat.

� Head restraints should be adjustedproperly as they may provide signifi-cant protection against injury in anaccident. Always replace and adjustthem properly if they have been re-moved for any reason.

� If the head restraints are removed forany reason, they should be securelystored to prevent them from causinginjury to passengers or damage tothe vehicle in case of sudden brakingor an accident.

� Properly secure all cargo to help pre-vent it from sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than the seat-backs. In a sudden stop or collision,unsecured cargo could cause per-sonal injury.

� When returning the seatbacks to the

upright position, be certain they arecompletely secured in the latched po-sition. If they are not completely se-cured in the right position, passen-gers may be injured in an accident orsudden stop.

� When returning the seatbacks, besure to attach the rear center seatbelt connector.

� Do not unfasten the rear center seatbelt connector except when foldingdown the rear seat.

� When attaching the rear center seatbelt connector, be certain that theseatbacks are completely secured inthe latched position and the rear cen-ter seat belt connector is completelysecured.

� If the center seat belt connector andthe seatbacks are not secured in thecorrect position, serious personal in-jury may result in an accident or sud-den stop.

Reclining

Pull the reclining strap �1 and position the seatback at the desired angle �2 . Release thereclining strap �1 after positioning the seat atthe desired angle �2 .

WARNING

� Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident

SSS0227


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

you could be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious injuries.You could also slide under the lapbelt and receive serious internal inju-ries.

� For most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seatshould be upright. Always sit wellback in the seat and adjust the seatbelt properly. See “Seat belts” laterin this section for precautions onseat belt usage.

� After adjustment, check to be surethe seat is securely locked. HEAD RESTRAINT ADJUSTMENT

To raise the head restraint, just pull it up. Tolower, push the lock knob and push the headrestraint down.

To adjust the head restraint forward and back-ward, push it in the direction required. (Type B)

WARNING

Head restraints should be adjustedproperly as they may provide significantprotection against injury in an accident.

Do not remove them. Check the adjust-ment after someone else uses the seat.

SSS0125B SSS0228


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Adjust the head restraints so the center is levelwith the center of your ears.

ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINT (frontseats)

WARNING

� Always adjust the head restraintsproperly as specified in the previoussection. Failure to do so can reducethe effectiveness of the active headrestraint.

� Active head restraints are designedto supplement other safety systems.Always wear seat belts. No systemcan prevent all injuries in any acci-dent.

� Do not attach anything to the headrestraint stalks. Doing so could im-pair active head restraint function.

The head restraint moves forward utilizing theforce that the seatback receives from the occu-pant in a rear-end collision. The movement of thehead restraint helps support the occupant’shead by reducing its backward movement andhelping absorb some of the forces that may leadto whiplash type injuries.

Active head restraints are effective for collisionsat low to medium speeds in which it is said thatwhiplash injury occurs most.

Active head restraints operate only in certainrear-end collisions. After the collision, the headrestraints return to their original positions.

Properly adjust the active head restraints asdescribed in the previous section.

SSS0178 SPA1025


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

ARMRESTPull the armrest forward until it is horizontal.

PRECAUTIONS ONSUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM

This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) sec-tion contains important information concerningthe driver and passenger front impact supple-mental air bags, front seat side-impact supple-mental air bags, curtain side-impact air bags andfront seat pre-tensioner seat belts.Supplemental front impact air bag system:This system can help cushion the impact force tothe face and chest of the driver and frontpassenger in certain frontal collisions.Supplemental side-impact air bag system:This system can help cushion the impact force tothe chest area of the driver and front passengerin certain side impact collisions. The front seatside-impact supplemental air bags are designedto inflate on the side where the vehicle isimpacted.Supplemental curtain side-impact air bagsystem: This system can help cushion the im-pact force to the head of occupants in front andrear outboard seating positions in certain sideimpact collisions. The curtain side-impact airbags are designed to inflate on the side wherethe vehicle is impacted.

These supplemental restraint systems are de-signed to supplement the crash protection

provided by the driver and passenger seat beltsand are not a substitute for them. Seat beltsshould always be correctly worn and the occu-pant seated a suitable distance away from thesteering wheel, instrument panel, door finishersand side roof rails. (See “Seat belts” later in thissection for instructions and precautions on seatbelt usage.)

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the systems are operational.

SSS0229

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

WARNING

� The supplemental front air bags ordi-narily will not inflate in the event of aside impact, rear impact, roll over, orlower severity frontal collision. Al-ways wear your seat belts to helpreduce the risk or severity of injury invarious kinds of accidents.

� The seat belts and the supplementalfront air bags are most effective

when you are sitting well back andupright in the seat. Front air bagsinflate with great force. If you areunrestrained, leaning forward, sittingsideways or out of position in anyway, you are at greater risk of injuryor death in a crash. You may alsoreceive serious or fatal injuries fromthe supplemental front air bag if youare up against it when it inflates.Always sit back against the seatbackand as far away as practical from the

steering wheel or instrument panel.Always use the seat belts.

� The driver and front passenger seatbelt buckles are equipped with sen-sors that detect if the seat belts arefastened. The air bag system moni-tors the severity of a collision andthen inflates the air bags based onbelt usage. Failure to properly wearseat belts can increase the risk orseverity of injury in an accident.

� Keep hands on the outside of thesteering wheel. Placing them insidethe steering wheel rim could increasethe risk that they are injured whenthe supplemental front air bag in-flates.

SSS0131


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

SSS0132 SSS0006

SSS0007


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

WARNING

� Never let children ride unrestrainedor extend their hands or face out ofthe window. Do not attempt to holdthem in your lap or arms. Some ex-amples of dangerous riding positionsare shown in the previous illustra-tions. Preteens and children shouldbe properly restrained in the rearseat if possible.

� Children may be severely injured orkilled when the supplemental frontair bags, side or curtain side-impactair bags inflate if they are not prop-erly restrained. Preteens and childrenshould be properly restrained in therear seat if possible.

� Also never install a rear facing childrestraint in the front seat. An inflatingsupplemental front air bag could se-riously injure or kill your child. Foradditional information, see “Child re-straints” later in this section.

SSS0008

SSS0009

SSS0099

SSS0100


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

WARNING

Supplemental side air bag and curtainside-impact air bag:

� The supplemental side air bag andcurtain side-impact air bag ordinarilywill not inflate in the event of a fron-tal impact, rear impact, rollover orlower severity side collision. Alwayswear your seat belts to help reducethe risk or severity of injury in variouskinds of accidents.

� The seat belts, the supplemental sideair bag and curtain side-impact airbag are most effective when you aresitting well back and upright in theseat. The side air bag and curtainside-impact air bag inflate with greatforce. Do not allow anyone to placetheir hand, leg or face near the sideair bag on the side of the seatback ofthe front seat or near the side roofrails. Do not allow anyone sitting inthe front seat or rear outboard seats

to extend their hand out of the win-dow or lean against the door. Someexamples of dangerous riding posi-tions are shown in the previous illus-trations.

� When sitting in the rear seat, do nothold onto the seatback of the frontseat. If the supplemental side air baginflates, you may be seriously in-jured. Be especially careful with chil-dren, who should always be properlyrestrained.

SSS0101 SSS0188 SSS0140


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

� Do not use seat covers on the frontseatbacks. They may interfere withsupplemental side air bag inflation.

SSS0159 SSS0162


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

1. Crash zone sensor

2. Supplemental front air bag modules

3. Supplemental curtain side-impact air bags

4. Supplemental curtain side-impact air bagmodules

5. Seat belt pre-tensioner retractor

6. Satellite sensors

7. Diagnosis sensor unit

8. Supplemental side air bag modules

Supplemental front air bag system

The driver supplemental air bag is located in thecenter of the steering wheel; the front passengersupplemental air bag is mounted in the instru-ment panel above the glove box. These systemsare designed to meet optional certification re-quirements under U.S. regulations. They are alsopermitted in Canada. The optional certificationallows front air bags to be designed to inflatesomewhat less forcefully than previously. How-ever, all of the information, cautions andwarnings in this manual still apply andmust be followed. The front air bags aredesigned to inflate in higher severity frontalcollisions, although they may inflate if the forcesin another type of collision are similar to those ofa higher severity frontal impact. They may notinflate in certain frontal collisions. Vehicle dam-age (or lack of it) is not always an indication ofproper supplemental air bag operation.

The supplemental air bag system has dual stageinflators for both the driver and passenger airbags. The system monitors information from thecrash zone sensor, the diagnosis sensor unit andseat belt buckle sensors that detect if the seatbelts are fastened, inflator operation is based onthe severity of a collision and whether the seatbelts are being used. Only one front air bag mayinflate in a crash, depending on the crash sever-ity and whether the front occupants are belted or

SSS0230


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

unbelted. This does not indicate improper per-formance of the system. If you have any ques-tions about the performance of your air bagsystem, please contact your NISSAN dealer.

When the supplemental front air bag inflates, afairly loud noise may be heard, followed byrelease of smoke. This smoke is not harmful anddoes not indicate a fire. Care should be takennot to inhale it, as it may cause irritation andchoking. Those with a history of a breathingcondition should get fresh air promptly.

Supplemental front air bags, along with the useof seat belts, helps to cushion the impact forceon the face and chest of the front occupants.They can help save lives and reduce seriousinjuries. However, an inflating front air bag maycause facial abrasions or other injuries. Front airbags do not provide restraint to the lower body.

The seat belts should be correctly worn and thedriver and passenger seated upright as far aspractical away from the steering wheel or instru-ment panel. The supplemental front air bagsinflates quickly in order to help protect the frontoccupants. Because of this, the force of the frontair bag inflating can increase the risk of injury ifthe occupant is too close to, or is against, the airbag module during inflation. The air bag willdeflate quickly after the collision is over.

After turning the ignition key to the ON

position, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the system is operational.

WARNING

� Do not place any objects on thesteering wheel pad or on the instru-ment panel. Also, do not place anyobjects between any occupant andthe steering wheel or instrumentpanel. Such objects may becomedangerous projectiles and cause in-jury if the supplemental front air baginflates.

� Right after inflation, several air bagsystem components will be hot. Donot touch them; you may severelyburn yourself.

� No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe supplemental front air bag sys-tem. This is to prevent accidental in-flation of the air bag or damage tothe air bag system.

� Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system or front endstructure. This could affect properoperation of the supplemental airbag system.

� Tampering with the supplementalfront air bag system may result inserious personal injury. Tamperingincludes changes to the steeringwheel and the instrument panel as-sembly by placing material over thesteering wheel pad, above the dash-board, or by installing additional trimmaterial around the air bag system.

� Work around and on the supplemen-tal front air bag system should bedone by a NISSAN dealer. Installa-tion of electrical equipment shouldalso be done by a NISSAN dealer.The yellow and orange SupplementalRestrain System (SRS) wiring andconnectors should not be modified ordisconnected. Unauthorized electri-cal test equipment and probing de


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

vices should not be used on the airbag system.

� A cracked windshield should be re-placed immediately by a qualified re-pair facility. A cracked windshieldcould affect inflation of the supple-mental air bag system.

� The SRS wiring harness connectorsare yellow and orange for easy iden-tification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the supplemental front airbag system and guide the buyer to the appro-priate sections in this Owner’s Manual.

Supplemental side air bag and curtainside-impact air bag systems

The supplemental side air bags are located inthe outside of the seatback of the front seats.The supplemental curtain side-impact air bagsare located in the side roof rails. These systemsare designed to meet voluntary guidelines tohelp reduce the risk of injury to out-of-positionoccupants. However, all of the information,cautions and warnings in this manual stillapply and must be followed. The supplemen-tal side air bags and curtain side-impact air bagsare designed to inflate in higher severity sidecollisions, although they may inflate if the forces

in another type of collision are similar to those ofa higher severity side impact. They are designedto inflate on the side where the vehicle isimpacted. They may not inflate in certain sidecollisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is notalways an indication of proper supplemental sideair bag and curtain side-impact air bag opera-tion.

When the supplemental side air bag and curtainside-impact air bag inflate, a fairly loud noisemay be heard, followed by release of smoke.This smoke is not harmful and does not indicatea fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as itmay cause irritation and choking. Those with ahistory of a breathing condition should get freshair promptly.

Supplemental side air bags, along with the useof seat belts, help to cushion the impact force onthe chest of the front occupants. Curtain side-impact air bags help to cushion the impact forceto the head of occupants in the front and rearoutboard seating positions. They can help savelives and reduce serious injuries. However, aninflating side air bag and curtain side-impact airbag may cause abrasions or other injuries.Supplemental side air bags and curtain side-impact air bags do not provide restraint to thelower body.

The seat belts should be correctly worn and thedriver and passenger seated upright as far as

SSS0190


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

practical away from the side air bag. Rear seatpassengers should be seated as far away aspractical from the door finishers and side roofrails. The side air bags and curtain side-impactair bag inflate quickly in order to help protect thefront occupants. Because of this, the force of theside air bag and curtain side-impact air baginflating can increase the risk of injury if theoccupant is too close to, or is against, these airbag modules during inflation. The side air bagand curtain side-impact air bag will deflatequickly after the collision is over.

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The air bag warning lightwill turn off after about 7 seconds if thesystems are operational.

WARNING

� Do not place any objects near theseatback of the front seats. Also, donot place any objects (an umbrella,bag, etc.) between the front door fin-isher and the front seat. Such objectsmay become dangerous projectilesand cause injury if the side air bag

inflates.

� Right after inflation, several side airbag and curtain side-impact air bagsystem components will be hot. Donot touch them; you may severelyburn yourself.

� No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthis side air bag and curtain side-impact air bag system. This is to pre-vent accidental inflation of the sideair bag and curtain side-impact airbag or damage to the side air bagand curtain side-impact air bag sys-tem.

� Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system or side panel.This could affect proper operation ofthe supplemental side air bag andcurtain side-impact air bag system.

� Tampering with the supplementalsystem may result in serious per-sonal injury. For example, do not

change the front seat by placing ma-terial near the seatback or by install-ing additional trim material, such asseat covers, around the side air bag.

� Work around and on the side air bagand curtain side-impact air bag sys-tem should be done by a NISSANdealer. Installation of electricalequipment should also be done by aNISSAN dealer. The SRS wiring har-nesses* should not be modified ordisconnected. Unauthorized electri-cal test equipment and probing de-vices should not be used on the sideair bag system.

* The SRS wiring harnesses are cov-ered with yellow and orange insula-tion either just before the harnessconnectors or over the complete har-ness for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the side air bag andcurtain side-impact air bag system and guide thebuyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner’sManual.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Pre-tensioner seat belt system (Forfront seats)

WARNING

� The pre-tensioner seat belt cannot bereused after activation. It must bereplaced together with the retractoras a unit.

� If the vehicle becomes involved in afrontal collision but the pre-tensioneris not activated, be sure to have thepre-tensioner system checked and, ifnecessary, replaced by your NISSANdealer.

� No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe pre-tensioner seat belt system.This is to prevent accidental activa-tion of the pre-tensioner seat belt ordamage to the pre-tensioner seatbelt operation. Tampering with thepre-tensioner seat belt system mayresult in serious personal injury.

� Work around and on the preten-

sioner seat belt system should bedone by a NISSAN dealer. Installa-tion of electrical equipment shouldalso be done by a NISSAN dealer.Unauthorized electrical test equip-ment and probing devices should notbe used on the pretensioner seat beltsystem.

� If you need to dispose of the pre-tensioner or scrap the vehicle, con-tact a NISSAN dealer. Correct pre-tensioner disposal procedures areset forth in the appropriate NISSANService Manual. Incorrect disposalprocedures could cause personalinjury.

The front seat pre-tensioner seat belt systemactivates in conjunction with the supplementalfront air bag. Working with the seat belt retrac-tor, it helps tighten the seat belt the instant thevehicle becomes involved in certain types ofcollisions, thereby restraining seat occupants.

The pre-tensioner is encased with the seat belt’sretractor. These seat belts are used the same asconventional seat belts.

When the pre-tensioner seat belt activates,smoke is released and a loud noise may beheard. The smoke is not harmful, but care shouldbe taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritationand choking. Those with a history of a breathingcondition should get fresh air promptly.

If any abnormality occurs in the pre-tensionerseat belt system, the supplemental air bag warn-ing light will not come on, will flash inter-mittently or will turn on for 7 seconds and remainon after the ignition key has been turned to theON or START position. In this case, the pre-tensioner seat belt may not function properly.They must be checked and repaired. Take yourvehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the pre-tensioner seatbelt system and guide the buyer to the appro-priate sections in this Owner’s Manual.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LABELSWarning labels about the supplemental air bagsystem are placed in the vehicle as shown in theillustration.

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LIGHT

The supplemental air bag warning light, display-ing in the instrument panel, monitors thecircuits of the supplemental front air bag,supplemental side air bag and curtain side-impact air bag systems, and pre-tensioner seatbelt. The circuits monitored by the air bag warn-ing light are the diagnosis sensor unit, satellitesensors, front air bag modules, side air bagmodules, curtain side-impact air bag modules,and pre-tensioner seat belt and all related wiring.

After turning the ignition key to the ON position,the supplemental air bag warning light illumi-

SPA0945C SPA1097


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

nates. The supplemental air bag warning lightwill turn off after about 7 seconds if the system isoperational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thesupplemental front air bag, supplemental side airbag and curtain side-impact air bag systems,and pre-tensioner seat belt need servicing:

� The supplemental air bag warning light re-mains on after approximately 7 seconds.

� The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

� The supplemental air bag warning light doesnot come on at all.

Under these conditions, the supplemental frontair bags, supplemental side air bags, curtainside-impact air bags and/or pre-tensioner seatbelt may not operate properly. They must bechecked and repaired. Take your vehicle to thenearest NISSAN dealer.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that thesupplemental front air bag, supplemen-tal side air bag, curtain side-impact air

bag systems and/or pre-tensioner seatbelt will not operate in an accident.

Repair and replacement procedure

The supplemental front air bags, supplementalside air bags, curtain side-impact air bags andpre-tensioner seat belt are designed to inflate ona one-time-only basis. As a reminder, unless it isdamaged, the supplemental air bag warning lightwill remain illuminated after inflation has oc-curred. Repair and replacement of these sys-tems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer.

When maintenance work is required on thevehicle, the supplemental front air bags, side airbags, curtain side-impact air bags, related partsand pre-tensioner seat belt should be pointedout to the person conducting the maintenance.The ignition key should always be in the LOCKposition when working under the hood or insidethe vehicle.

WARNING

� Once the supplemental front air bag,side air bag or curtain side-impact airbag has inflated, the air bag module

will not function again and must bereplaced. Additionally, if any of thesupplemental front air bags inflate,the activated pre-tensioner seat beltmust also be replaced. The air bagmodule and pre-tensioner seat beltsystem should be replaced by aNISSAN dealer. The air bag modulesand pre-tensioner seat belt systemcannot be repaired.

� The supplemental front air bag andside air bag, curtain side-impact airbag systems and pre-tensioner seatbelt system should be inspected by aNISSAN dealer if there is any damageto the front end or side portion of thevehicle.

� If you need to dispose of thesesupplemental systems or scrap thevehicle, contact a NISSAN dealer.Correct disposal procedures are setforth in the appropriate NISSAN Ser-vice Manual. Incorrect disposal pro-cedures could cause personal injury.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGEYour chances of being injured or killed in anaccident and/or the severity of injury may begreatly reduced if you are wearing your seat beltand it is properly adjusted. NISSAN stronglyencourages you and all of your passengers tobuckle up every time you drive, even if yourseating position includes a supplemental air bag.

Most states, provinces or territories re-quire that seat belts be worn at all timeswhen a vehicle is being driven.

WARNING

� Every person who drives or rides inthis vehicle should use a seat belt atall times. Children should be properlyrestrained in the rear seat and, ifappropriate, in a child restraint.

� The belt should be properly adjustedto a snug fit. Failure to do so mayreduce the effectiveness of the entirerestraint system and increase the

chance or severity of injury in anaccident. Serious injury or death canoccur if the seat belt is not wornproperly.

� Always route the shoulder belt overyour shoulder and across your chest.Never run the belt behind your backunder your arm or across your neck.The belt should be away from yourface and neck, but not falling off yourshoulder.

SSS0134

SEAT BELTS


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

� Position the lap belt as low and snugas possible around the hips, not thewaist. A lap belt worn too high couldincrease the risk of internal injuriesin an accident.

� Be sure the seat belt tongue is se-curely fastened to the proper buckle.

� Do not wear the belt inside out ortwisted. Doing so may reduce its ef-fectiveness.

� Do not allow more than one personto use the same belt.

� Never carry more people in the ve-hicle than there are seat belts.

� If the seat belt warning light glowscontinuously while the ignition isturned ON with all doors closed andall seat belts fastened, it may indi-cate a malfunction in the system.Have the system checked by yourNISSAN dealer.

� Once the pre-tensioner seat belt hasactivated, it cannot be reused andmust be replaced together with the

retractor. See your NISSAN dealer.

� Removal and installation of the pre-tensioner seat belt system compo-nents should be done by a NISSANdealer.

� All seat belt assemblies including re-tractors and attaching hardwareshould be inspected after any colli-sion by your NISSAN dealer. NISSANrecommends that all seat belt as-semblies in use during a collision bereplaced unless the collision was mi-nor and the belts show no damage

and continue to operate properly.Seat belt assemblies not in use dur-ing a collision should also be in-spected and replaced if either dam-age or improper operation is noted.

� All child restraints and attachinghardware should be inspected afterany collision. Always follow the re-straint manufacturer’s inspection in-structions and replacement recom-mendations. The child restraintsshould be replaced if they are dam-aged.

SSS0136


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

CHILD SAFETYChildren need adults to help protect them.They need to be properly restrained.

The proper restraint depends on the child’s size.Generally, infants (up to about 1 year and lessthan 20 lb (9 kg) should be placed in rear facingchild restraints. Front facing child restraints areavailable for children who outgrow rear facingchild restraints.

WARNING

Infants and children need special pro-tection. The vehicle’s seat belts may notfit them properly. The shoulder belt maycome too close to the face or neck. Thelap belt may not fit over their small hipbones. In an accident, an improperlyfitting seat belt could cause serious orfatal injury. Always use appropriatechild restraints.

All US states and provinces of Canada requirethe use of approved child restraints for infantsand small children. (See “Child restraints” later inthis section.)

In addition, there are many types of child re-straints available for larger children which shouldbe used for maximum protection.

NISSAN recommends that all preteens andchildren be restrained in the rear seat ifpossible. According to accident statistics,children are safer when properly restrainedin the rear seat than in the front seat.

This is especially important because yourvehicle has a supplemental restraint sys-tem (air bag system) for the front passen-ger (see “Supplemental Restraint System”earlier in this section for precautions).

Infants and small childrenNISSAN recommends that infants and smallchildren be placed in child restraints that complywith Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. Youshould choose a child restraint that fits yourvehicle and always follow the manufacturer’sinstructions for installation and use.

SSS0016 SSS0014


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Larger childrenChildren who are too large for child restraintsystems should be seated and restrained by theseat belts which are provided.

If the child’s seating position has a shoulder beltthat fits close to the face or neck, the use of abooster seat (commercially available) may helpovercome this. The booster seat should raise thechild so that the shoulder belt is properly posi-tioned across the top, middle portion of theshoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips. Thebooster seat should fit the vehicle seat and havea label certifying that it complies with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards or CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety Standards. Once the childhas grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on ornear the face and neck, use the shoulder beltwithout the booster seat.

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on anyseat and do not allow a child in thecargo areas while the vehicle is moving.The child could be seriously injured orkilled in an accident or a sudden stop.

PREGNANT WOMENNISSAN recommends that pregnant women useseat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug,and always position the lap belt as low aspossible around the hips, not the waist. Placethe shoulder belt over your shoulder and acrossyour chest. Never run the lap/shoulder belt overyour abdominal area. Contact your doctor forspecific recommendations.

INJURED PERSONSNISSAN recommends that injured persons useseat belts, depending on the injury. Check withyour doctor for specific recommendations.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTWITH RETRACTOR

WARNING

� Every person who drives or rides inthis vehicle should use a seat belt atall times.

� Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident

SSS0018


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

you could be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious injuries.You could also slide under the lapbelt and receive serious internal inju-ries.

� For most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seatshould be upright. Always sit wellback in the seat and adjust the seatbelt properly.

Fastening the seat belts1. Adjust the seat.

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractorand insert the tongue into the buckle until itsnaps. For additional information regardingthe rear center seat belt, see “Rear centerseat belt” later in this section.

The retractor is designed to lock during asudden stop or on impact. A slow pullingmotion will permit the belt to move, andallow you some freedom of movement inthe seat.

3. Position the lap belt portion low and snugon the hips as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward theretractor to take up extra slack.

The front passenger and rear seat belts have acinching mechanism for child restraint installa-tion. It is referred to as the automatic lockingmode.

When the cinching mechanism is activated theseat belt cannot be withdrawn again until theseat belt tongue is detached from the buckle andfully retracted. For additional information, see“Child restraints” later in this section.

SSS0020 SSS0102 SSS0061


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

The automatic locking mode should beused only for child restraint installation.During normal seat belt use by a passen-ger, the locking mode should not be acti-vated. If it is activated it may cause uncom-fortable seat belt tension.

WARNING

� When fastening the seat belts, becertain that seatbacks are completelysecured in the latched position. Ifthey are not completely secured inthe right position, passengers maybe injured in an accident or suddenstop.


� If the rear center seat belt connectorand the seatbacks are not secured inthe correct position, serious personalinjury may result in an accident orsudden stop.

Unfastening the seat belts

To unfasten the belt, press the button on thebuckle. The seat belt will automatically retract.

Checking seat belt operation

Your seat belt retractors are designed to lockbelt movement using two separate methods:

� when the belt is pulled quickly from theretractor.

� when the vehicle slows down rapidly.

You can check their operation as follows:

� grasp the shoulder belt and pull quickly for-

ward. The retractor should lock and restrictfurther belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during this check orif you have any questions about belt operation,see your NISSAN dealer.

SSS0021


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Shoulder belt height adjustment(Except for rear center seat)The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad-justed to the position best suited for you. (See“Precautions on seat belt usage” earlier in thissection.) To lower, pull the release button, andthen move the shoulder belt anchor to thedesired position, so that the belt passes over theshoulder. Release the adjustment button to lockthe shoulder belt anchor into position.

To raise, move the adjuster up to the desiredposition without pushing the button.

WARNING

� After adjustment, release the adjust-ment button and try to move theshoulder belt down to make sure it issecurely fixed in position.

� The shoulder belt anchor heightshould be adjusted to the positionbest for you. Failure to do so mayreduce the effectiveness of the entirerestraint system and increase thechance or severity of injury in anaccident.

Seat belt hookWhen folding down the rear seat, hook the rearseat belt at the belt hook.

SPA0739 SSS0231


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

REAR CENTER SEAT BELTThe rear center seat belt has a connector tongue�1 and a seat belt tongue �2 . Both the con-nector tongue and the seat belt tongue must besecurely latched for proper seat belt operation.

WARNING

� Always fasten the connector tongueand the seat belt in the order shown.

� Always make sure both the connec-tor tongue and the seat belt tongueare secured when using the seat belt.Do not use it with only the seat belttongue attached. This could result inserious personal injury in case of anaccident or a sudden stop.

SSS0240 SSS0241

SSS0225


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Stowing rear center seat belt

When folding down the rear seat, the rear centerseat belt can be retracted into a stowed positionas follows:

1. Release the connector tongue �1 by insert-ing a suitable tool such as key into theconnector buckle �A .

2. Secure the seat belt tongue into the retractorbase first �2 .

3. Then secure the connector tongue into theretractor base �3 .

WARNING



� If the rear center seat belt connector

and the seatbacks are not secured inthe correct position, serious personalinjury may result in an accident orsudden stop.

SSS0232


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Attaching rear center seat beltAlways be sure the rear center seat belt connec-tor tongue and connector buckle are attached.Disconnect only when folding down the rearseat.

To connect the buckle:

1. Pull out the connector tongue from the re-tractor base �1 .

2. Pull out the seat belt tongue from the retrac-tor base �2 .

3. Pull the seat belt and secure the connectorbuckle until it clicks �3 .

The center seat belt connector tongue andbuckle are indicated by the “�” and “�” mark.

The center seat belt connector tongue can beattached only into the rear center seat beltconnector buckle.

To fasten the seat belt, see “Fastening the seatbelt” earlier in this section.

WARNING



� If the rear center seat belt connectorand the seatbacks are not secured inthe correct position, serious personalinjury may result in an accident orsudden stop.

Storing rear seat belt buckles

Before folding down the seat, put the buckles inthe storage of the seat cushion to avoid drop-ping it under the seat cushion.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERS

If, because of body size or driving position, it isnot possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder beltand fasten it, an extender is available which iscompatible with the installed seat belts. Theextender adds approximately 8 inches (200 mm)of length and may be used for either the driver orfront passenger seating position. See your

SSS0235


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

NISSAN dealer for assistance if the extender isrequired.

WARNING

� Only NISSAN belt extenders, madeby the same company which madethe original equipment belts, shouldbe used with NISSAN belts.

� Adults and children who can use thestandard seat belt should not use anextender. Such unnecessary usecould result in serious personal in-jury in the event of an accident.

� Never use seat belt extenders to in-stall child restraints. If the child re-straint is not secured properly, thechild could be seriously injured in acollision or a sudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE

� To clean the seat belt webbings, apply amild soap solution or any solution recom-mended for cleaning upholstery or carpets.Then brush the webbing, wipe it with a clothand allow it to dry in the shade. Do not allow

the seat belts to retract until they are com-pletely dry.

� If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide ofthe seat belt anchors, the seat belts mayretract slowly. Wipe the shoulder belt guidewith a clean, dry cloth.

� Periodically check to see that the seatbelt and the metal components such asbuckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wiresand anchors work properly. If loose parts,deterioration, cuts or other damage on thewebbing is found, the entire belt assemblyshould be replaced.

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILDRESTRAINTS

WARNING

� Infants and small children should al-ways be placed in an appropriatechild restraint while riding in the ve-hicle. Failure to use a child restraintcan result in serious injury or death.

� Infants and small children shouldnever be carried on your lap. It is notpossible for even the strongest adultto resist the forces of a severe acci-dent. The child could be crushed be-tween the adult and parts of the ve-hicle. Also, do not put the same seatbelt around both your child and your-self.

� Never install a rear facing child re-straint in the front seat. An inflatingsupplemental air bag could seriouslyinjure or kill your child. A rear facingchild restraint must only be used inthe rear seat.

CHILD RESTRAINTS


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

� NISSAN recommends that the childrestraint be installed in the rear seat.According to accident statistics, chil-dren are safer when properly re-strained in the rear seat than in thefront seat.

� An improperly installed child re-straint could lead to serious injury ordeath in an accident.

In general, child restraints are designed to beinstalled with the lap portion of a three-point typeseat belt. In addition, this vehicle is equippedwith a universal child restraint lower anchorsystem, referred to as the LATCH (Lower An-chors and Tether for Children) system. Somechild restraints include two rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can be connected tothese lower anchors. For details, see “LATCH(Lower Anchors and Tether for Children) SYS-TEM” later in this section.Child restraints for infants and children of varioussizes are offered by several manufacturers.When selecting any child restraint, keep thefollowing points in mind:

� choose only a restraint with a label certifyingthat it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle

Safety Standard 213 or Canadian MotorVehicle Safety Standard 213.

� check the child restraint in your vehicle to besure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seatand seat belt system.

� if the child restraint is compatible with yourvehicle, place your child in the child restraintand check the various adjustments to be surethe child restraint is compatible with yourchild. Always follow all recommended proce-dures.

All US states and Canadian provinces re-quire that infants and small children berestrained in approved child restraints atall times while the vehicle is being oper-ated.

WARNING

� Improper use of a child restraint canresult in increased injuries for boththe infant or child and other occu-pants in the vehicle.

� Follow all of the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions for installationand use. When purchasing a child

restraint, be sure to select one whichwill fit your child and vehicle. It maynot be possible to properly installsome types of child restraints in yourvehicle.

� If the child restraint is not anchoredproperly, the risk of a child beinginjured in a collision or a sudden stopgreatly increases.

� Adjustable seatbacks should be po-sitioned to fit the child restraint, butas upright as possible.

� After attaching the child restraint,test it before you place the child in it.Tilt it from side to side. Try to tug itforward and check to see if the beltholds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten thebelt as necessary, or put the restraintin another seat and test it again.

� For a front facing child restraint,check to make sure the shoulder beltdoes not go in front of the child’s faceor neck. If it does, put the shoulderbelt behind the child restraint. If you


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

must install a front facing child re-straint in the front seat, see instruc-tions later in this section.

� When your child restraint is not inuse, store it in the trunk or keep itsecured with a seat belt to prevent itfrom being thrown around in case ofa sudden stop or accident.

CAUTION

Remember that a child restraint left in aclosed vehicle can become very hot.Check the seating surface and bucklesbefore placing your child in the childrestraint.

INSTALLATION ON REAR SEATCENTER OR OUTBOARDPOSITIONS

WARNING

� The three-point rear seat belts onyour vehicle are equipped with alocking mode retractor which mustbe used when installing a child re-straint.

� Failure to do so will result in the childrestraint not being properly secured.It could tip over or otherwise be un-secured and cause injury to the childin a sudden stop or collision.

� When installing a child restraint sys-tem in the rear center position, boththe center seat belt connector tongueand buckle tongue must be secured.See “Attaching rear center seat belt”earlier in this section.

Front facingWhen you install a child restraint in a rearoutboard or center seat, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat. It canbe placed in a front facing direction, depend-ing on the size of the child. Always follow therestraint manufacturer’s instructions.

SSS0153


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

2. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle until youhear and feel the latch engage.Be sure to follow the child restraint manufac-turer’s instructions for belt routing.

3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt isfully extended. At this time, the belt retractoris in the automatic locking mode (child re-straint mode). It reverts back to emergencylocking mode when the belt is fully retracted.

SSS0239 SSS0043 SSS0107


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

4. Allow the belt to retract. Pull up on the belt toremove any slack in the belt.

5. Before placing the child in the child restraint,use force to tilt the child restraint from side toside, and tug it forward to make sure that it issecurely held in place.

6. Check that the retractor is in the automaticlocking mode by trying to pull more belt out ofthe retractor. If you cannot pull any more beltwebbing out of the retractor, the belt is in theautomatic locking mode.

7. Check to make sure that the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If the beltis not locked, repeat steps 3 through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and the seatbelt is allowed to wind back into the retractor,

the automatic locking mode (child restraintmode) is canceled; the seat belt only locksduring a sudden stop or impact.

SSS0062 SSS0108


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Rear facingWhen you install a child restraint in a rearoutboard or center seat, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Thedirection of the child restraint depends on thetype of the child restraint and the size of thechild. Always follow the restraint manufactur-er’s instructions.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle until youhear and feel the latch engage.Be sure to follow the child restraint manufac-turer’s instructions for belt routing.

SSS0044 SSS0238 SSS0046


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �





7. Check to make sure that the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If the beltis not locked, repeat steps 3 through 6.


SSS0045A SSS0109 SSS0110


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �


LATCH (LOWER ANCHORS ANDTETHER FOR CHILDREN) SYSTEM

WARNING

� Attach LATCH system compatiblechild restraints only at the locationsshown. If a child restraint is not se-cured properly, your child could beseriously injured or killed in anaccident.

� Do not secure a child restraint in thecenter rear seating position using thechild restraint lower anchors. Thechild restraint will not be securedproperly.

� The LATCH system anchors are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted child re-straints. Under no circumstance arethey to be used for adult seat belts orharnesses.

Some child restraints include two rigid orwebbing-mounted attachments that can be con-nected to two anchors located at certain seatingpositions in your vehicle. This system is knownas the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tether forChildren) system. This system may also be re-ferred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatiblesystem. With this system, you do not have to usea vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint.Your vehicle is equipped with special anchorpoints that are used with LATCH system com-patible child restraints. Check your child restraintfor a label stating that it is compatible with theLATCH system. This information may also be inthe child restraint owner’s manual. If you havesuch a child restraint, refer to the illustration for

SSS0233


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

the seating positions equipped with LATCHsystem anchors which can be used to secure thechild restraint.

The LATCH system anchors are located at therear of the seat cushion near the seatback. Alabel is attached to the seatback to help youlocate the LATCH system anchors.

Some child restraints may also require the use ofa top tether strap. See “Top tether strap childrestraint” later in this section for installationinstructions.

When installing a child restraint, carefully readand follow the instructions in this manual andthose supplied with the child restraint.

When you install a LATCH system compatiblechild restraint to the lower anchor attachments,follow these steps.

WARNING

Inspect the lower anchors by insertingyour fingers into the lower anchor areaand feeling to make sure there are noobstructions over the LATCH system an-chors, such as seat belt webbing or seatcushion material. The child restraint will

not be secured properly if the LATCHsystem anchors are obstructed.

1. To install the LATCH system compat-ible child restraint, insert the childrestraint LATCH system anchor at-tachments into the anchor points onthe rear. If the child restraint isequipped with a top tether, see “Toptether strap child restraint” later inthis section for installation instruc-tions.

2. After attaching the child restraint andbefore placing the child in it, useforce to tilt the child restraint fromside to side and tug it forward tomake sure that the child restraint issecurely held in place.

3. Check to make sure that the childrestraint is properly secured prior toeach use.

TOP TETHER STRAP CHILDRESTRAINT

WARNING

� The child restraint anchor points aredesigned to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stances are they to be used for adultseat belts or harnesses.

SSS0234


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

� After removing a rear seat head re-straint for top tether installation,store it securely to prevent it fromcausing injury to passengers or dam-age to the vehicle in case of suddenbraking or an accident. Always re-place it and adjust properly when toptether is no longer in use.

� The top tether strap may be damagedby contact with the tonneau cover oritems in the cargo area. Remove thetonneau cover from the vehicle orsecure it and any cargo. Your childcould be seriously injured or killed ina collision if the top tether strap isdamaged.

If your child restraint has a top tether strap, itmust be secured to the anchor point providedbehind its position.

First, adjust the seatback so that it is upright.Then secure the child restraint with the rear seatbelt or the LATCH system (outboard positions),as applicable. For the center position �C , re-move the anchor cover from the anchor point asillustrated. Keep the removed cover in a secureplace to prevent loss or damage.

Remove the head restraint from the seatback.Store it in a secure place. Position the top tetherstrap over the top of the seatback and secure itto the tether anchor bracket that provides thestraightest installation. Tighten the tether strapaccording to the manufacturer’s instruction toremove any slack.

For best child restraint fit, see the child restraintinstallation instructions in this section and thechild restraint manufacturer’s instructions.

Anchor point locations

WARNING

The anchor bolt should be installed atall times to prevent the possibility ofexhaust fumes entering the passengercompartment through the holes. See“Precautions when starting and driving”in the “5. Starting and driving” sectionfor exhaust gas.

Anchor points are located as illustrated.

�A : for rear left side seat position

�B : for rear right side seat position

�C : for rear center seat position

If you have any questions when installing atop strap child restraint on the rear seat,consult your NISSAN dealer for details.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

INSTALLATION ON FRONTPASSENGER SEAT

WARNING

� Never install a rear facing child re-straint in the front passenger seat.Supplemental air bags inflate withgreat force. A rear facing child re-straint could be struck by the supple-mental air bag in a crash and couldseriously injure or kill your child.

� NISSAN recommends that child re-straints be installed in the rear seat.However, if you must install a frontfacing child restraint in the front pas-senger seat, move the passengerseat to the rearmost position.

� A child restraint with a top tetherstrap should not be used in the frontpassenger seat.

� The three-point belt in your vehicle isequipped with a locking mode retrac-tor which must be used when install-

ing a child restraint.

� Failure to use the retractor’s lockingmode will result in the child restraintnot being properly secured. The childrestraint could tip over or otherwisebe unsecured and cause injury to thechild in a sudden stop or collision.

SSS0129


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Front facingIf you must install a child restraint in the frontseat, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the front pas-senger seat. It should be placed in a frontfacing direction only. Move the seat to therearmost position. Always follow the childrestraint manufacturer’s instructions. Childrestraints for infants must be used inthe rear facing direction and thereforemust not be used in the front seat.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle until youhear and feel the latch engage. Be sure tofollow the child restraint manufacturer’s in-structions for belt routing.


SSS0135 SSS0055 SSS0113


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �




7. Check to make sure that the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If the lapbelt is not locked, repeat steps 3 through 6.



SSS0056 SSS0114


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

MEMO


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

2 Instruments and controls

Instrument panel..................................................................... 2-2Meters and gauges ............................................................... 2-3

Speedometer and odometer ......................................... 2-4Tachometer ........................................................................ 2-4Engine coolant temperature gauge ............................. 2-5Fuel gauge ......................................................................... 2-5

Compass display (if so equipped) .................................... 2-6Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders ............ 2-9

Checking bulbs................................................................. 2-9Warning lights................................................................... 2-9Indicator lights ................................................................ 2-13Audible reminders.......................................................... 2-15

Security systems.................................................................. 2-15Vehicle security system................................................ 2-15Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System .......................... 2-16

Windshield wiper and washer switch ........................... 2-18Rear window wiper and washer switch ....................... 2-18Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch...... 2-19Headlight and turn signal switch ................................... 2-19

Xenon headlights (if so equipped) .......................... 2-19Headlight switch ........................................................... 2-20Daytime running light system (Canada only) ........ 2-23Instrument brightness control..................................... 2-23Turn signal switch ........................................................ 2-24

Fog light switch (if so equipped) .............................. 2-24Hazard warning flasher switch......................................... 2-24Horn ........................................................................................ 2-25Heated seats (if so equipped) ......................................... 2-25Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch(if so equipped) .................................................................. 2-26Power outlet.......................................................................... 2-27Storage .................................................................................. 2-28

Coin box........................................................................... 2-28Cellular phone holder ................................................... 2-28Cup holders .................................................................... 2-29Glove box ........................................................................ 2-30Console box.................................................................... 2-31Cargo net (if so equipped) ......................................... 2-32Tonneau cover (if so equipped)................................. 2-32

Windows................................................................................ 2-33Power windows.............................................................. 2-33

Sunroof (if so equipped) ................................................... 2-35Automatic sunroof ......................................................... 2-35

Interior lights ......................................................................... 2-37Ceiling .............................................................................. 2-37Map ................................................................................... 2-38Rear................................................................................... 2-38Luggage .......................................................................... 2-39

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Vanity mirror light (if so equipped) ................................. 2-39HomeLink Universal Transceiver (if so equipped).... 2-39

Programming HomeLink ............................................ 2-40Programming HomeLink for Canadiancustomers ........................................................................ 2-41Operating the HomeLink UniversalTransceiver ...................................................................... 2-42

Programming trouble diagnosis ................................. 2-42Clearing the programmed information...................... 2-42Reprogramming a single HomeLink button.......... 2-42If your vehicle is stolen................................................. 2-42

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

1. Headlight, fog light (if so equipped) and turnsignal switch (P.2-19)

2. Trip odometer reset button (P.2-4)3. Instrument brightness control switch

(P.2-23)4. Meters/gauges (P.2-3)5. Windshield (P.2-18)/rear window (P.2-18)

wiper and washer switch6. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.2-24)7. Center ventilator (P.4-14)8. Audio control (P.4-19)9. Display/clock (P.4-4)10. Rear window defroster and Heated outside

mirror (if so equipped) switch (P.2-19)11. Display screen control and/or Navigation

system* (P.4-2)12. Passenger supplemental air bag (P.1-9)13. Side ventilator (P.4-14)14. Headlight aiming control switch (P.2-22)15. VDC (Vehicle dynamic control) off switch

(P.2-26)16. Steering switch for audio control (P.4-30)17. Fuse box cover (P.8-22)18. Tilting steering wheel lock lever (P.3-13)19. Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-9)/Horn

(P.2-25)20. Cruise control main/set switch (P.5-14)21. Ignition switch/steering lock (P.5-8)22. Heater/air conditioner control (P.4-15)23. Coin box (P.2-28)24. Outside mirror remote control (P.3-15)25. Cellular phone holder (P.2-28)26. AWD lock switch (AWD models) (P.5-18)27. Heated seat switch (P.2-25)28. Power outlet cover (P.2-27)SIC2038

INSTRUMENT PANEL

2-2 Instruments and controls

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

29. Glove box (P.2-30)

See the page indicated in parentheses foroperating details.

*: Refer to the separate Navigation SystemOwner’s Manual.

1. Tachometer

2. Turn signal indicator/Hazard indicator

3. Speedometer

4. Engine coolant temperature gauge

5. Fuel gauge

6. Reset button for trip odometer

7. Warning/Indicator lights

8. Odometer (Total/Twin trip)

9. CVT shift position indicator

SIC2039

METERS AND GAUGES

Instruments and controls 2-3

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER

SpeedometerThe speedometer indicates vehicle speed.

Odometer/Twin trip odometerThe odometer �1 /twin trip odometer �2 aredisplayed when the ignition key is in the ONposition.

The odometer records the total distance thevehicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer records the distance ofindividual trips.

Changing the display:

Pushing the reset button �3 located on the sideof the meter panel changes the display asfollows:

TRIP A → TRIP B → TRIP A

Resetting the trip odometer:

Pushing the reset button for more than 1 secondresets the trip odometer to zero.

TACHOMETER

The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo-lutions per minute (r/min).

Do not rev engine into red zone �A .

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches the redzone, shift to a higher gear. Operatingthe engine in the red zone may causeserious engine damage.

SIC2175 SIC2041


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREGAUGEThe gauge indicates the engine coolant tem-perature.

The engine coolant temperature will vary with theoutside air temperature and driving conditions.

CAUTION

If the gauge indicates engine coolanttemperature over the normal range,stop the vehicle as soon as safely pos-sible. If the engine is overheated, con-tinued operation of the vehicle may se-riously damage the engine. See “If yourvehicle overheats” in the “6. In case ofemergency” section for immediate ac-tion required.

FUEL GAUGEThe gauge indicates the approximate fuel level inthe tank.

The gauge may move slightly during braking,turning, acceleration, or going up or down hill.

The gauge needle is designed to move to the E(Empty) position when the ignition key is turnedto the OFF position.

Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis-ters Empty.

SIC2042 SIC2043


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

The low fuel warning light comes on whenthe fuel tank is getting low. Refuel as soonas it is convenient, preferably before thegauge reaches E. There will be a smallreserve of fuel in the tank when the fuelgauge needle reaches E.

The indicates that the fuel filler lid islocated on the driver’s side of the vehicle.

CAUTION

� If the vehicle runs out of fuel, themalfunction indicator lamp

(MIL) may come on. Refuel as soonas possible. After a few driving trips,the lamp should turn off. If thelamp remains on after a few drivingtrips, have the vehicle inspected by aNISSAN dealer.

� For additional information, see the“Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)”later in this section.

When the COMPASS switch is in the ONposition, the compass display will indicate thedirection the vehicle is heading.

N: northE: eastS: southW: west

If the display reads “C”, calibrate the compassby driving the vehicle in 3 complete circles atless than 5 MPH (8 km/h).

You can also calibrate the compass by drivingyour vehicle on your everyday route. The com-pass will be calibrated once it has tracked 3complete circles.

SIC1901

COMPASS DISPLAY (if soequipped)


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Zone variation change procedure

The difference between magnetic north andgeographical north is known as variance. Insome areas, this difference can sometimes begreat enough to cause false compass readings.Follow these instructions to set the variance foryour particular location if this happens:

1. Press the COMPASS switch for more than 3seconds. The current zone number will ap-pear in the display.

2. Find your current location and variance onenumber on the zone map.

3. Press the COMPASS switch until the newzone number appears in the display. After youstop pressing the switch in, the display willshow a compass direction within a few sec-onds.

Inaccurate compass direction:

1. With the display turned on, push the COM-PASS switch for 3 seconds, until the zoneselection comes up (a number will be dis-played in the mirror compass window).

2. Toggle until correct zone is found and releaseswitch.

3. The display will show all segments, and returnto the normal compass mode within 10 sec-onds of no switch activity.SIC0611


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

4. If the vehicle changes zone, repeat steps 1thru 3. See map.

� If the compass deviates from the correctindication soon after repeated adjustment,have the compass checked at an authorizeddealer.

� The compass may not indicate the correctcompass point in tunnels or while driving upor down a steep hill.(The compass returns to the correct com-pass point when the vehicle moves to an areawhere the geomagnetism is stabilized.)

CAUTION

� Do not install a ski rack, antenna, etc.which are attached to the vehicle bymeans of a magnet. They affect theoperation of the compass.

� When cleaning the mirror, use a pa-per towel or similar material damp-ened with glass cleaner. Do not sprayglass cleaner directly on the mirror asit may cause the liquid cleaner toenter the mirror housing.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

or Anti-lock brake warning light Low washer fluid warning lightAWD (All wheel drive) LOCK indicatorlight (AWD models)

AWD (All wheel drive) warning light(AWD models)

Seat belt warning light High beam indicator light (Blue)

or Brake warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)

Charge warning lightLow tire pressure warning light (if soequipped)

Security indicator light

Door open warning light Cruise main switch indicator light Slip indicator light (if so equipped)

Engine oil pressure warning light Cruise set indicator light Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Low fuel warning lightCVT (Continuously variable transmission)indicator light

Vehicle dynamic control off indicator light(if so equipped)

CHECKING BULBSApply the parking brake and turn the ignition keyto ON without starting the engine. The followinglights will come on:

, or , , ,

The following lights come on briefly and then gooff:

, or , , , ,,

If any light fails to come on, it may indicate aburned-out bulb or an open circuit in the elec-

trical system. Have the system repairedpromptly.

WARNING LIGHTS

or Anti-lock brakewarning light

After turning the ignition key to the ON position,the light will illuminate. The light will turn off afterabout 2 seconds if the system is operational.

If the light comes on while the engine is running,it may indicate that the anti-lock brake system is

not functioning properly. Have the systemchecked by your NISSAN dealer.

If an abnormality occurs in the system, theanti-lock function will cease but the ordinarybrakes will continue to operate normally. See“Anti-lock brake system (ABS)” in the “5. Start-ing and driving” section for further details.

If the light comes on while you are driving,contact your NISSAN dealer for repair.

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTSAND AUDIBLE REMINDERS


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

AWD (All wheel drive) warninglight (AWD models)

The warning light comes on when the keyswitch is turned to ON. It turns off soon after theengine is started.

If the AWD system malfunctions or the revolu-tion, or radius of the front and the rear wheeldiffers, the warning light will either remain illumi-nated or blink. See “Using all wheel drive(AWD)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section.

CAUTION

� If the warning light comes on whiledriving, AWD mode will change to2WDmode. Reduce the vehicle speedand have your vehicle checked by aNISSAN dealer as soon as possible.

� Do not drive on dry hard surfaceroads in the LOCK mode.

� If the AWD warning light blinks onwhen you are driving:

• blinks rapidly (about twice a sec-ond):Pull off the road in a safe area, and

idle the engine. The driving modewill change to 2WD to prevent theAWD system from malfunctioning.If the warning light turns off, youcan drive again.

• blinks slowly (about once every 2seconds):Pull off the road in a safe area, andidle the engine. Check that all tiresizes are the same, tire pressure iscorrect and tires are not worn.

If the warning light is still on after theabove operation, have your vehiclechecked by a NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible.

or Brake warning lightThis light functions for both the parking brakeand the foot brake systems.

Parking brake indicator:

When the ignition key is in the ON position, thelight comes on when the parking brake is ap-plied.

Low brake fluid warning light:

The light warns of a low brake fluid level. If thelight comes on while the engine is running withthe parking brake not applied, stop the vehicleand perform the following:

1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluid asnecessary. See “Brake fluid” in the “8. Main-tenance and do-it-yourself” section.

WARNING

� Your brake system may not be work-ing properly if the warning light is on.Driving could be dangerous. If youjudge it to be safe, drive carefully tothe nearest service station for re-pairs. Otherwise, have your vehicletowed because driving it could bedangerous.

� Pressing the brake pedal with theengine stopped and/or low brakefluid level may increase your stop-ping distance and braking will re-quire greater pedal effort as well asgreater pedal travel.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

� If the brake fluid level is below theMIN mark on the brake fluid reser-voir, do not drive until the brake sys-tem has been checked at a NISSANdealer.

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have thewarning system checked by a NISSANdealer. Avoid high speed driving and abruptbraking.

If both the brake warning light and the anti-lock brake warning light come on simulta-neously, it may indicate the anti-lock brakesystem is not functioning properly. See “Anti-lock brake warning light” earlier in this sec-tion.

Charge warning lightIf the light comes on while the engine is running,it may indicate that the charging system is notfunctioning properly. Turn the engine off andcheck the alternator belt. If the belt is loose,broken, missing or if the light remains on, seeyour NISSAN dealer immediately.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the belt isloose, broken or missing.

Door open warning light

This light comes on when any of the doors arenot closed securely while the ignition key is ON.

Engine oil pressure warninglight

This light warns of low engine oil pressure. If thelight blinks or comes on during normal driving,pull off the road in a safe area, stop the engineimmediately and call a NISSAN dealer or otherauthorized repair shop.

The oil pressure warning light is not de-signed to indicate a low oil level. Use thedipstick to check the oil level. See “Engineoil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section.

CAUTION

Running the engine with the oil pres-sure warning light on could cause seri-

ous damage to the engine almost imme-diately. Turn off the engine as soon as itis safe to do so.

Low fuel warning light

This light comes on when the fuel in the tank isgetting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient,preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E.

There will be a small reserve of fuel re-maining in the tank when the fuel gaugeneedle reaches E.

Low washer fluid warning light

This light comes on when the washer tank fluid isat a low level. Add washer fluid as necessary.See “Window washer fluid” in the “8. Mainte-nance and do-it-yourself” section.

Seat belt warning light andchime

The light and chime remind you to fasten seatbelts. The light illuminates whenever the ignitionkey is turned to ON, and will remain illuminateduntil the driver’s seat belt is fastened. At thesame time, the chime will sound for about 6seconds unless the driver’s seat belt is securelyfastened.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

See “Seat belts” in the “1. Seats, restraints andsupplemental air bag systems” section for pre-cautions on seat belt usage.

Supplemental air bag warninglight

After turning the ignition key to the ON position,the supplemental air bag warning light will illu-minate. The supplemental air bag warning lightwill turn off after about 7 seconds if the system isoperational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thesupplemental front air bag, supplemental side airbag and curtain side-impact air bag systems,and pre-tensioner seat belt needs servicing andyour vehicle must be taken to your nearestNISSAN dealer.

� The supplemental air bag warning light re-mains on after approximately 7 seconds.

� The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

� The supplemental air bag warning light doesnot come on at all.

Unless checked and repaired, the SupplementalRestraint System and/or the pre-tensioner seatbelt may not function properly. For additionalinformation, see “Supplemental restraint system”

in the “1. Seats, restraints and supplemental airbag systems” section.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that thesupplemental front air bag, supplemen-tal side air bag, curtain air bag systemsand/or pre-tensioner seat belt will notoperate in an accident.

Low tire pressure warning light(if so equipped)

The light comes on for about 1 second when thekey switch is turned ON, and then it turns off.

This light warns if the tire pressure is low.

Low tire pressure warning:

If the vehicle is being driven with a low tirepressure, the light will illuminate. Also a chimewill sound for about 10 seconds if a tire pressureis low.

For additional information, see “Low tire pres-sure warning system” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section and “Low tire pressure warningsystem” in the “6. In case of emergency” section.Also, you can check the pressure of all 4 tires on

the display screen. See “Tire pressure informa-tion” in the “4. Display screen, heater, air condi-tioner and audio systems” section.

WARNING

� If the light does not come on with thekey switch turned ON, have the ve-hicle checked by a NISSAN dealer assoon as possible.

� If the light comes on while driving,avoid sudden steering maneuvers orabrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed,pull off the road to a safe locationand stop the vehicle as soon as pos-sible. Serious vehicle damage couldoccur and may lead to an accidentand could result in serious personalinjury. Check the tire pressure for allfour wheels and adjust the pressureto the COLD tire pressure shown onthe tire placard. If the light still comeson while driving after adjusting thetire pressure, a tire may be flat. If youhave a flat tire, replace it with a sparetire as soon as possible.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

� When a spare tire is mounted or awheel is replaced, the pressure ofthat tire will not be indicated and notbe monitored by the low tire pressurewarning system. Contact yourNISSAN dealer as soon as possiblefor tire replacement and/or systemresetting.

CAUTION

� The low tire pressure warning is not asubstitute for the regular tire pres-sure check. Be sure to check the tirepressure regularly.

� If the vehicle is being driven atspeeds of less than 20 MPH (32km/h), the low tire pressure warningsystem may not operate correctly.

� Be sure to install the specified size oftires to the four wheels correctly.

INDICATOR LIGHTS

Cruise main switch indicatorlight

The light comes on when the cruise control mainswitch is pushed. The light goes out when themain switch is pushed again. When the cruisemain switch indicator light comes on, the cruisecontrol system is operational.

Cruise set indicator lightThe light comes on while the vehicle speed iscontrolled by the cruise control system. If thelight blinks while the engine is running, it mayindicate the cruise control system is not func-tioning properly. Have the system checked byyour NISSAN dealer.

CVT (Continuously variabletransmission) indicator light

When the ignition switch is turned ON, the lightcomes on for 2 seconds.

AWD (All wheel drive) LOCKindicator light (AWD models)

This light comes on when the ignition switch isturned to ON, and turns off within 1 second.

When selecting LOCK mode while the engine isrunning, this light will illuminate. See “Using all

wheel drive (AWD)” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section.

High beam indicator light(Blue)

This light comes on when the headlight highbeam is on and goes out when the low beam isselected.

Malfunction indicator lamp(MIL)

If the malfunction indicator lamp comes onsteady or blinks while the engine is running, itmay indicate a potential emission control and/orCVT malfunction.

The malfunction indicator lamp may also comeon steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing,or if the vehicle runs out of fuel. Check to makesure the fuel filler cap is installed and closedtightly, and that the vehicle has at least threegallons of fuel in the fuel tank.

After a few driving trips, the lamp shouldturn off if no other potential emission controlsystem malfunction exists.

Operation

The malfunction indicator lamp will come on inone of two ways:


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

� Malfunction indicator lamp on steady — Anemission control system and/or CVT mal-function has been detected. Turn the ignitionkey to OFF and check the fuel filler cap. If thefuel filler cap is loose or missing, tighten orinstall the cap and continue to drive thevehicle. The lamp should turn off after afew driving trips. If the lamp does notturn off after a few driving trips, have thevehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer. Youdo not need to have your vehicle towed to thedealer.

� Malfunction indicator lamp blinking — Anengine misfire has been detected which maydamage the emission control system. To re-duce or avoid emission control system dam-age:

a) Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH(72 km/h).

b) Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.c) Avoid steep uphill grades.d) If possible, reduce the amount of cargo

being hauled or towed.

The malfunction indicator lamp may stopblinking and come on steady.

Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSANdealer. You do not need to have your vehicletowed to the dealer.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation withouthaving the emission control systemchecked and repaired as necessarycould lead to poor driveability, reducedfuel economy, and possible damage tothe emission control system.


This light blinks whenever the ignition switch is inthe LOCK, OFF or ACC position. This functionindicates the security systems equipped on thevehicle are operational.

For additional information, see “Security sys-tems” later in this section.

Slip indicator light (if soequipped)

This indicator will blink when the VDC system orthe traction control system is operating, thusalerting the driver to the fact that the roadsurface is slippery and the vehicle is nearing itstraction limits.

You may feel or hear the system working, but thisis normal.

The light will blink on for a few seconds after theVDC system stops limiting wheel spin.

The slip indicator light also comes on when youturn the ignition key to ON. The light will turn offafter about 2 seconds if the system is opera-tional. If the light does not come on or go off,have the traction control system checked by yourNISSAN dealer.

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights

The light flashes when the turn signal switchlever or hazard switch is turned on.

Vehicle dynamic control (VDC)off indicator light (if soequipped)

After turning the ignition key to the ON position,the light will illuminate. The light will turn off inabout 2 seconds if the vehicle dynamic control(VDC) system is operational.

The light comes on when the vehicle dynamiccontrol (VDC) off switch is pushed to OFF. Thisindicates the vehicle dynamic control systemand traction control system are not operating.When the vehicle dynamic control off indicatorlight and slip indicator light come on with thevehicle dynamic control system turned on, thislight alerts the driver to the fact that the vehicle


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

dynamic control system’s fail-safe mode is op-erating, that is the system may not be functioningproperly. Have the system checked by yourNISSAN dealer. If an abnormality occurs in thesystem, the vehicle dynamic control systemfunction will be canceled but the vehicle is stilldriveable. For additional information, see “Ve-hicle dynamic control (VDC) system” in the “5.Starting and driving” section of this manual.

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Key reminder chime

The chime will sound if the driver’s side door isopened while the key is left in the ignition switch(ignition switch is turned to OFF or ACC).Remove the key and take it with you whenleaving the vehicle.

Light reminder chime

The chime will sound when the driver’s door isopened with the headlight switch on unless theignition key is in the ON position.

Make sure to turn the light switch off when youleave the vehicle.

Seat belt warning chime

The chime will sound for about 6 seconds unlessthe drivers seat belt is securely fastened.

Brake pad wear warningThe disc brake pads have audible wear warn-ings. When a brake pad requires replacement, itwill make a high pitched scraping sound whenthe vehicle is in motion whether or not the brakepedal is depressed. Have the brakes checked assoon as possible if the warning sound is heard.

Your vehicle has two types of security systems,as follows:

� Vehicle Security System

� Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System

The security condition will be shown by thesecurity indicator light in the meter panel.

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEMThe vehicle security system provides visual andaudio alarm signals if parts of the vehicle aredisturbed.

SIC2133

SECURITY SYSTEMS


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

How to activate the vehicle securitysystem1. Close all windows.

The system can be activated even if thewindows are open.

2. Remove the key from the ignition switch.

3. Close and lock all doors and hood.

Lock all doors by pressing the LOCK buttonon the keyfob or using the key. When usingthe keyfob, the hazard indicators flash twiceto indicate all doors are locked.

4. Confirm that the SECURITY indicator light in

the meter comes on. The SECURITY indica-tor light glows for about 30 seconds and thenblinks. The system is now activated. If, duringthis 30 second time period, the door isunlocked by the key or the keyfob, or theignition key is turned to ACC or ON, thesystem will not activate.

� Even when the driver and/or passengersare in the vehicle, the system will acti-vate with all doors and hood locked andignition key off. Turn the ignition key toACC to turn the system off.

Vehicle security system operationThe security system will give the following alarm:

� The headlights blink and the horn soundsintermittently.

� The alarm automatically turns off after ap-proximately 1 minute. However, the alarmreactivates if the vehicle is tampered withagain. The alarm can be shut off by unlockinga door with the key, or by pressing theUNLOCK button on the keyfob.

The alarm is activated by:

� Opening the door without using the key orkeyfob.

� Opening the back door without using thekeyfob.

� Opening the hood.

How to stop alarm

The alarm will stop only by unlocking a door withthe key, or by pressing the UNLOCK button onkeyfob. The alarm will not stop if the ignitionswitch is turned to ACC or ON.

If the system does not operate as de-scribed above, have it checked by yourNISSAN dealer.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM

The Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System will notallow the engine to start without the use of theregistered Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer Systemkey.

If the engine fails to start using the registeredNissan Vehicle Immobilizer System key, it may bedue to interference caused by another NissanVehicle Immobilizer System key, an automatedtoll road device or automated payment device onthe key ring. Restart the engine using the follow-ing procedures:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON positionfor approximately 5 seconds.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCKposition and wait approximately 10 seconds.

SIC2045


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again.

4. Restart the engine while holding the device(which may have caused the interference)separate from the registered Nissan VehicleImmobilizer System key.

If this procedure allows the engine to start,NISSAN recommends placing the registeredNissan Vehicle Immobilizer System key on aseparate key ring to avoid interference fromother devices.

Statement related to section 15 of FCCrules for Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer Sys-tem (CONT ASSY-BCM, ANT ASSY-IMMOBILIZER)

This device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of IndustryCanada. Operation is subject to the follow-ing two conditions;

(1) This device may not cause harmful in-terference, and (2) this device must acceptany interference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesired opera-tion of the device.

CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX-PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE MANUFAC-TURE FOR COMPLIANCE COULD VOIDTHE USER’S AUTHORITY TO OPERATETHE EQUIPMENT.


This light blinks whenever the registered NissanVehicle Immobilizer System key is removed orturned to OFF, ACC or LOCK position. Thisfunction indicates the security systemsequipped on the vehicle are operational.

If Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System is malfunc-tioning, this light will remain on while the regis-tered Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System Key isin the ON position.

If the light still remains on and/or theengine will not start, see your NISSANdealer for Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer Sys-

tem service as soon as possible. Pleasebring all Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer Sys-tem keys that you have when visiting yourNISSAN dealer for service.

SIC2045


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

The windshield wiper and washer operateswhen the ignition key is in the ON position.

Push the lever down to operate the wiper at thefollowing speed:

�1 Intermittent — intermittent operation can beadjusted by turning the knob toward �A(Slower) or �B (Faster). Also, the intermittentoperation speed varies in accordance withthe vehicle speed. (For example, when thevehicle speed is high, the intermittent opera-tion speed will be faster.)

�2 Low — continuous low speed operation

�3 High — continuous high speed operation

Push the lever up �4 to have one sweepoperation of the wiper.

Pull the lever toward you �5 to operate thewasher. Then the wiper will also operate severaltimes.

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer so-lution may freeze on the windshield andobscure your vision which may lead toan accident. Warm the windshield withthe defroster before you wash the wind-shield.

CAUTION

The following could damage the washersystem:

� Do not operate the washer continu-ously for more than 30 seconds.

� Do not operate the washer if thereservoir tank is empty.

The rear window wiper and washer operatewhen the ignition switch is in the ON position.

Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF positionto operate the wiper.

�1 Intermittent — intermittent operation (not ad-justable)

�2 Low — continuous low speed operation

Push the switch forward �3 to operate thewasher. Then the wiper will also operate severaltimes.

SIC1958 SIC1959

WINDSHIELD WIPER ANDWASHER SWITCH

REAR WINDOW WIPER ANDWASHER SWITCH


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

CAUTION

� If the rear window wiper operation isinterrupted by snow etc., the wipermay stop moving to protect its motor.If this occurs, turn the wiper switch toOFF and remove the snow etc. onand around the wiper arms. Afterabout 1 minute, turn the switch ONagain to operate the wiper.

� Do not operate the washer continu-ously for more than 30 seconds.

� Do not operate the washer if reser-voir tank is empty.

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer so-lution may freeze on the rear windowglass and obscure your vision. Warm therear window glass with the defrosterbefore you wash.

To defog/defrost the rear window glass andoutside mirrors (if so equipped), start the engineand push the switch on �1 . The indicator light�A will come on. Push the switch again to turnthe defroster off.

It will automatically turn off in approximately 15minutes.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the rear window defroster.

XENON HEADLIGHTS (if soequipped)

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

� When xenon headlights are on, theyproduce a high voltage. To prevent anelectric shock, never attempt tomodify or disassemble. Always haveyour xenon headlights replaced at aNISSAN dealer.

� Xenon headlights provide consider-ably more light than conventionalheadlights. If they are not correctlyaimed, they might temporarily blindan oncoming driver or the driverahead of you and cause a seriousaccident. If headlights are not aimedcorrectly, immediately take your ve-hicle to a NISSAN dealer and havethe headlights adjusted correctly.

When the xenon headlight is initially turned on,its brightness or color varies slightly. However,the color and brightness will soon stabilize.

SIC2046

REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDEMIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNALSWITCH


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

� The life of xenon headlights will beshortened by frequent on-off operation.It is generally desirable not to turn offthe headlights for short intervals (forexample, when the vehicle stops at atraffic signal). Even when the daytimerunning lights are active (Canada only),the xenon headlights do not turn on.This way the life of the xenon headlightsis not reduced.

� If the xenon headlight bulb is close toburning out, the brightness will drasti-cally decrease, the light will start blink-ing, or the color of the light will becomereddish. If one or more of the abovesigns appear, contact a NISSAN dealer. HEADLIGHT SWITCH

Lighting

�1 Turn the switch to the position:

The front park, side marker, tail, license plateand instrument lights will come on.

�2 Turn the switch to the position:

Headlights will come on and all the otherlights remain on.

SIC2047Type A

SIC1961Type B


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Autolight system (if so equipped)

The autolight system allows the headlights to beset so they turn on and off automatically.

To set the autolight system:

1. Make sure the headlight switch is in theAUTO position.

2. Turn the ignition key to ON.

3. The autolight system automatically turns theheadlights on and off.

To turn the autolight system off, turn the switchto the OFF, , or position.

The autolight system can turn on the headlightsautomatically when it is dark, turn off the head-lights when it is light, and keep the headlights onfor up to 45 seconds after you turn the key toOFF and open any door then close all the doors.

If the ignition switch is turned OFF and one ofthe doors is opened and this condition is con-tinued, the headlights remain ON for five min-utes.

Be sure not to put anything on top of thephoto sensor �A located on the top left-hand side of the instrument panel. Thephoto sensor controls the autolamp; if it iscovered, the photo sensor reacts as if it isdark and the headlights will illuminate.

SIC2051 SIC2052


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Headlight beam select

�1 To select the low beam, put the lever in theneutral position as shown.

�2 To select the high beam, push the leverforward. Pull it back to select the low beam.

�3 Pulling the lever toward you will flash theheadlight high beam.

Battery saver system� When the headlight switch is in the or

position while the ignition switch is inthe ON position, the lights will automaticallyturn off 5 minutes after the ignition switch hasbeen turned to the OFF position.

� When the headlight switch remains in theor position after the lights auto-

matically turn off, the lights will turn on for 5minutes when the headlight switch is turnedto the OFF position and then turn to the

or position.

CAUTION

� Be sure to turn the light switch to theOFF position when you leave the ve-hicle for extended periods of time,otherwise the battery will go dead.

� Never leave the light switch on whenthe engine is not running for ex-tended periods of time even if theheadlights turn off automatically.

Headlight aiming control (if soequipped)

Depending on the number of occupants in thevehicle and the load it is carrying, the headlightaxis may be higher than desired. If the vehicle istraveling on a hilly road, the headlights maydirectly hit the rearview mirror of the vehicleahead or the windshield of the oncoming vehicle.The light axis can be lowered with the operationof the switch.

The larger the number designated on the switch,the lower the axis.

SIC2048 SIC1911


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

When traveling with no heavy load or on a flatroad, select position 0.

WARNING

Xenon headlights are extremely brightcompared to conventional headlights. Ifthe xenon headlights hit the rearviewmirror of the vehicle ahead or the wind-shield of the oncoming vehicle, thedriver of these vehicles may have diffi-culty driving because of the brightness.Use the headlight aiming control switchto lower the light axis. See earlier in thissection for information on xenon head-lights.

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM(CANADA ONLY)

The fog lights automatically illuminate when theengine is started. The daytime running lightsoperate with the headlight switch in the OFFposition or in the position.

The fog light may come on after turning the keyto the OFF position and immediately turning it tothe ON position. This is not a malfunction.

The daytime running light will be turned off whenthe headlight switch is turned to the AUTO or

position.

The daytime running light will remain on until theignition switch is turned to the ACC or OFFposition.

WARNING

When the daytime running light systemis active, tail lights on your vehicle arenot on. It is necessary at dusk to turn onyour headlights. Failure to do so couldcause an accident injuring yourself andothers. INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS

CONTROLThe instrument brightness control operateswhen the light switch is in the or

position.

To adjust the brightness of instrument panellights, press the control switches located on theleft side of the meter panel. Pressing the upperswitch �A will brighten the lights. The lowerswitch �B dims the lights. Repeatedly pressingthe lower switch will turn the lights off.

SIC2053


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

�1 Turn signalMove the lever up or down to signal the turningdirection. When the turn is completed, the turnsignals cancel automatically.

�2 Lane change signalTo indicate a lane change, move the lever up ordown to the point where lights begin flashing.

FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if soequipped)To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlightswitch to the position, then turn the switchto the position. To turn them off, turn theswitch to the OFF position.

The headlights must be on for the fog lights tooperate (except for the daytime running light).

Push the switch (located on the right side of themeter panel) on to warn other drivers when youmust stop or park under emergency conditions.All turn signal lights will flash.

Some state laws may prohibit the use ofthe hazard warning flasher switch whiledriving.

WARNING

� If stopping for an emergency, be sureto move the vehicle well off the road.

SIC2049 SIC2054 SIC1447

HAZARD WARNING FLASHERSWITCH


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

� Do not use the hazard warning flash-ers while moving on the highway un-less unusual circumstances force youto drive so slowly that your vehiclemight become a hazard to other traf-fic.

� Turn signals do not work when thehazard warning flasher lights are on.

The flasher can be actuated with the ignitionswitch either off or on.

To sound the horn, push the center pad upperarea of the steering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doing socould affect proper operation of thesupplemental front air bag system. Tam-pering with the supplemental front airbag system may result in serious per-sonal injury.

The front seats are warmed by built-in heaters.The switches located on the center console canbe operated independently (driver side seat �Aand front passenger side seat �B ) of each other.

1. Start the engine.

2. Select heat range.

�1 For high heat, press the (High) sideof the switch.

�2 For low heat, press the (Low) sideof the switch.

�3 For no heat, the switch has a center OFFposition between low and high.

SIC2055 SIC2056

HORN HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

The indicator light in the switch �C willilluminate when low or high is selected.

The heater is controlled by a thermostat,automatically turning the heater on and off.The indicator light will remain on as long asthe switch is on.

3. When the vehicle’s interior is warmed, orbefore you leave the vehicle, be sure to turnthe switch to the off position (center) �3 .

CAUTION

� The battery could run down if theseat heater is operated while the en-gine is not running.

� Do not use the seat heater for ex-tended periods or when no one isusing the seat.

� Do not put anything on the seatwhich insulates heat, such as a blan-ket, cushion, seat cover, etc. Other-wise, the seat may become over-heated.

� Do not place anything hard or heavyon the seat or pierce it with a pin or

similar object. This may result indamage to the heater.

� Any liquid spilled on the heated seatshould be removed immediately witha dry cloth.

� When cleaning the seat, never usegasoline, thinner, or any similar ma-terials.

� If any abnormalities are found or theheated seat does not operate, turnthe switch off and have the systemchecked by your NISSAN dealer.

The vehicle should be driven with the VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) System ON for mostdriving conditions.

When the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, theVDC system reduces the engine output to re-duce wheel spin. The engine speed will bereduced even if the accelerator is depressed tothe floor. If maximum engine power is needed tofree a stuck vehicle, turn the VDC system off.

To cancel the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)System, push the VDC OFF switch to turn offthe system. The indicator light will comeon.

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the

SIC1881

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL(VDC) OFF SWITCH (if soequipped)


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

engine to turn ON the system. See “Vehicledynamic control (VDC) system” in the “5. Start-ing and driving” section.

The power outlet is for powering electrical ac-cessories such as cellular telephones.

�1 Located beside the glove box (if soequipped):Pull down the cover to open.

�2 Located inside the console box:Pull to remove the cover to open.

�3 Located the side of the luggage room (if soequipped):Pull up the cover to open.

CAUTION

� Use caution as the socket and plugmay be hot during or immediatelyafter use.

� This power outlet is not designed foruse with a cigarette lighter unit.

� Do not use with accessories that ex-ceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) powerdraw. Do not use double adapters ormore than one electrical accessory.

� Use only one power outlet at a time.

� Use this power outlet with the engineSIC2066

POWER OUTLET


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

running. (If the engine is stopped,this could result in a discharged bat-tery.)

� Avoid using when the air conditioner,headlights or rear window defrosteris on.

� Before inserting or disconnecting aplug, be sure to turn off the powerswitch of electrical accessory beingused or the ACC power of the vehicle.

� Push the plug in as far as it will go. Ifgood contact is not made, the plugmay overheat or the internal tem-perature fuse may blow.

� When not in use, be sure to replacethe cover. Do not allow water to con-tact the socket.

COIN BOX

WARNING

The coin box should not be used whiledriving so full attention may be given tovehicle operation.

To open, push the coin box lid �1 as illustrated.

The inner tray can be removed �2 as illustrated.

Do not place valuable items in the box.

Do not use the coin box as an ashtray.

CELLULAR PHONE HOLDER

WARNING

� The cellular phone holder should notbe used while driving so full attentionmay be given to vehicle operation.

� A cellular telephone should not beused while driving so full attentionmay be given to vehicle operation.Some jurisdictions prohibit the useof cellular telephones while driving.

SIC2057 SIC2058

STORAGE


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

� If a conversation in a moving vehiclerequires you to take notes, pull offthe road to a safe location and stopyour vehicle before doing so.

To open, push the cellular phone holder lid �1as illustrated.

The inner tray can be removed �2 as illustrated.

Do not place valuable items in the holder.

Do not use the cellular phone holder as anashtray.

CUP HOLDERS

WARNING

The cup holder should not be used whiledriving so full attention may be given tovehicle operation.

CAUTION

� Avoid abrupt starting and braking

when the cup holder is being used toprevent spilling the drink. If the liquidis hot, it can scald you or your pas-senger.

� Use only soft cups in the cup holder.Hard objects can injure you in anaccident.

Front:

Push the cup holder lid �A to open.

�1 Install the bottom piece for taller size cups.

�2 Install the reverse side of the bottom pieceup for shorter cups.

�3 Use this flap for smaller bottles, or for biggerbottles by flipping up.

�4 Pull up the inner tray as illustrated to removefor cleaning.

SIC2070


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Rear:

Push �1 the cup holder to open.

GLOVE BOX

When locking or unlocking the glove box, usethe master key.

The glove box may be opened by pulling thehandle.

WARNING

Keep glove box lid closed while drivingto help prevent injury in an accident or asudden stop.

SIC2067 SIC2059


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

CONSOLE BOX

WARNING

The center console box should not be

used while driving so full attention maybe given to vehicle operation.

Push the button �A to open the console box lid.

The inside of the console box lid is designed tobe used as a holder �B such as pen, etc. Thereis a power outlet �C inside the console box.

Remove the inside tray �D to store a largeobject.

To lock the console box, turn the key to the �1position. To unlock the console box, turn the keyto the �2 position.

Push the button �3 and adjust the armrest �4to the desired position.

SIC2060


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

CARGO NET (if so equipped)The cargo net helps keep packages in the cargoarea from moving around while your vehicle isdriven.

To install the cargo net, attach the hooks to theretainers �A on both sides.

To remove the cargo net, detach the hooks fromthe cargo net retainers.

WARNING

� Properly secure all cargo to help pre-vent it from sliding or shifting.

� Be sure to secure hooks into theretainers. The cargo restrained in thenet must not exceed 30 lb (13.6 kg) orthe net may not stay secured.

TONNEAU COVER (if so equipped)

The tonneau cover keeps the luggage compart-ment contents hidden from the outside.

To open the tonneau cover, pull it out and hangboth sides on the hooks. To close the tonneaucover, remove it from the hooks and put the hook�A on the guide �B then release it as illustrated.

To open the sub cover, pull out and hang bothsides on the hooks behind the rear seat headrestraint. To close the sub cover, remove it fromthe hooks and release it.

To remove the tonneau cover, pull the holder tothe opposite side �1 .

SIC2061 SIC2065


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

WARNING

� Never put anything on the tonneaucover, no matter how small. Any ob-ject on it could cause an injury in anaccident or sudden stop.

� Close the tonneau and sub coverswhen folding the rear seat.

� Do not leave the tonneau cover in thevehicle with it disengaged from theholder.


� The top tether strap may be damagedby contact with the tonneau cover oritems in the cargo area. Remove thetonneau cover from the vehicle orsecure it and any cargo. Your childcould be seriously injured or killed ina collision if the top tether strap is

damaged.

POWER WINDOWS

WARNING

� Make sure that all passengers havetheir hands, etc. inside the vehiclewhile it is in motion and before clos-ing the windows. Use the windowlock switch to prevent unexpecteduse of the power windows.

� Do not leave children unattended in-side the vehicle. They could unknow-

SIC1891

WINDOWS


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

ingly activate switches or controlsand become trapped in a window.Unattended children could becomeinvolved in serious accidents.

The power windows operate when the ignitionkey is in the ON position and for about 45seconds, after the ignition key is turned to theACC or OFF position. If the driver’s door or thefront passenger’s door is opened during thisperiod of about 45 seconds, power to thewindows is canceled.

To open or close the window, push down or pullup the switch and hold it. The main switch (driverside switches) will open or close all the win-dows.

The passenger side switch will open or closeonly the corresponding window. To open orclose the window, hold the switch down or up.

Locking passenger’s windowsWhen the lock button is pushed in, only thedriver side window can be opened or closed.Push it in again to cancel.

Automatic operation

To fully open or close the driver’s or frontpassenger’s side window, completely pushdown or pull up the switch and release it; it neednot be held. The window will automatically openor close all the way. To stop the window, justpress or lift the switch on the opposite side.

Auto reverse function (For frontwindow)

If the control unit detects something caught in afront window as it moves up, the window will beimmediately lowered.

SIC1892 SIC1893


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

The auto reverse function can be activated whena front window is closed by automatic operationwhen the ignition key is in the ON position or forabout 45 seconds after the ignition key is turnedto the OFF position. The doors remain closed.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the windowoccurs.

WARNING

There are some small distances imme-diately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., in-side the vehicle before closing the win-dow.

AUTOMATIC SUNROOF

The sunroof will only operate when the ignitionkey is in the ON position.

The automatic sunroof is operational for about45 seconds, even if the ignition key is turned tothe ACC or OFF position. If the driver’s door orthe front passenger’s door is opened during thisperiod of about 45 seconds, power to thesunroof is canceled.

Sliding the sunroofTo open the roof, slide the switch to the

side �1 . When the roof is tilted up, it willautomatically tilt down and then open.

To close the roof, slide the switch to theside �2 .

Sliding position of lid can be chosen accordingto sliding amount of switch.

To fully open or close the roof, completely movethe switch to the �1 or �2 side.

Tilting the sunroof

To tilt up, push the side �3 of the tiltswitch. When the roof is open, it will automati-cally close and then tilt up. To tilt down thesunroof, push the side �4 .

Restarting the sunroof sliding switchThe sliding switch will become inoperable afterthe battery terminal is disconnected, the electri-cal supply interrupted and/or some abnormalitydetected. Use the following re-set procedure toreturn sunroof operation to normal.

1. Keep pushing the tilting switch toward tilt UP.

2. After the lid has tilted up gradually, it willautomatically close all the way, then return tonormal operation.

Auto reverse function (When closingthe sunroof)If the control unit detects something caught inthe sunroof as it moves to the front or tilts down,

SIC2062

SUNROOF (if so equipped)


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

the sunroof will immediately open backward ortilt up.

The auto reverse function can be activated whenthe sunroof is closed by automatic operationwhen the ignition key is in the ON position or forabout 45 seconds after the ignition key is turnedto the OFF position.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the sunroofoccurs.

If the auto reverse function malfunctions andrepeats opening or tilting up the sunroof, keeppushing the tilt down switch within 5 secondsafter it happens, then the sunroof will fully closegradually. In this case, make sure nothing iscaught in the sunroof.

WARNING

There are some small distances imme-diately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., in-side the vehicle before closing thesunroof.

Sun shadeOpen or close the sun shade by sliding itbackward or forward.

The shade will open automatically when thesunroof is opened. However, it must be closedmanually.

Comfortable position ( �A )Depending on the driving speed and air recircu-lating conditions, wind noise may occur whenthe sunroof is fully opened. Closing the sunroofone step toward the front position �A from fullopen will decrease the wind noise.

WARNING

� In an accident you could be thrownfrom the vehicle through an opensunroof. Always use seat belts andchild restraints.

� Do not allow anyone to stand up orextend any portion of their body outof the opening while the vehicle is inmotion or while the sunroof is clos-ing.

CAUTION

� Remove water drops, snow, ice orsand from the sunroof before open-ing.

� Do not place any heavy object on thesunroof or surrounding area.

If the sunroof does not closeHave your NISSAN dealer check and repair thesunroof.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

CEILING

The ceiling light has a three-position switch.

When the switch is in the ON position �1 , thelight will illuminate.

When the switch is in the OFF position �2 , thelight will turn off.

When the switch is in the DOOR position �3 ,the light will illuminate when a door is opened.

The light will stay on for about 30 seconds when:

� The doors are unlocked by the keyfob, a keyor the lock-unlock switch while all doors are

closed and the ignition switch is in the OFF orACC position.

� The driver’s door is opened and then closedwhile the key is removed from the ignitionswitch.

� The key is removed from the ignition switchwhile all doors are closed.

The ceiling light will turn off while the 30 secondtimer is activated, when:

� The driver’s door is locked by the keyfob, akey, or the lock-unlock switch.

� The ignition switch is turned ON.

When the ceiling light switch or map lightswitch or rear light switch is in the ONposition, the ceiling, map, rear and vanitymirror lights will automatically turn off 30minutes after the ignition switch has beenturned to the ACC or OFF position. To turnon the light again, insert the key into theignition switch and move it to the ONposition.

After the above procedure, the ceiling, map, rearand vanity mirror lights will automatically turn off30 minutes after the latest operation of thefollowing with the ignition switch in the ACC orOFF position:

� Opening or closing any door

� Locking or unlocking with the keyfob, a key orthe lock-unlock switch.

� Inserting or removing a key from the ignitionswitch

These lights will turn on again when any of theabove operations is performed after the lightshave turned off automatically. (The lights will turnoff 30 minutes after the latest operation of theabove as well.)

CAUTION

� Turn off the ceiling, map, rear andvanity mirror lights when you leavethe vehicle.

� Do not use for extended periods oftime with the engine stopped. Thiscould result in a discharged battery.

SIC2063

INTERIOR LIGHTS


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

MAPTo turn on the light, push the plastic surface �Aof the light. Push it again to turn off the light.

REAR

The rear personal light has a three-positionswitch. (�A : DOOR, �B : OFF, �C : ON)

When the switch is in the DOOR position �A ,the light will illuminate when a door is opened.

When the ceiling light or the map lightswitch or rear light switch is in the ONposition, the ceiling, map, rear and vanitymirror lights will automatically turn off 30minutes after the ignition switch has beenturned to the OFF position. To turn on thelight again, insert the key into the ignitionswitch and move it to the ON position.

After the above procedure, the ceiling, map, rearor vanity mirror lights will automatically turn off30 minutes after the latest operation of thefollowing with the ignition switch in the ACC orOFF position:

� Opening or closing any door

� Locking or unlocking with the keyfob, a key orthe lock-unlock switch.

� Inserting or removing a key from the ignitionswitch

These lights will turn on again when any of theabove operations is performed after the lightshave turned off automatically. (The lights will turnoff 30 minutes after the latest operation of theabove as well.)

CAUTION

� Turn off the ceiling, map, rear andvanity mirror lights when you leavethe vehicle.

� Do not use for extended periods oftime with the engine stopped. Thiscould result in a discharged battery.

SIC2068Front

SIC2069Rear


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

LUGGAGEWhen the switch is in the ON position �A , thelight illuminates while the back door is opened.When the back door is closed, the light will gooff.

When the switch is in the OFF position �B , thelight will turn off.

The light on the vanity mirror will turn on whenthe cover on the vanity mirror is opened.

When the ceiling light or the map lightswitch or rear light switch is in the ONposition, the ceiling, map, rear and vanitymirror lights will automatically turn off 30minutes after the ignition switch has beenturned to the OFF position. To turn on thelight again, insert the key into the ignitionswitch and move it to the ON position.

The HomeLink Universal Transceiver provides aconvenient way to consolidate the functions ofup to three individual hand-held transmitters intoone built-in device.

HomeLink Universal Transceiver:

� Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF)devices such as garage doors, gates, homeand office lighting, entry door locks and se-curity systems.

� Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. Noseparate batteries are required. If the vehi-cle’s battery is discharged or is discon-nected, HomeLink will retain all program-ming.

Once the HomeLink Universal Transceiveris programmed, retain the original trans-mitter for future programming procedures(i.e., new vehicle purchases). Upon sale ofthe vehicle, the programmed HomeLinkUniversal Transceiver buttons should beerased for security purposes. For addi-tional information, refer to “ProgrammingHomeLink ” later in this section.

SIC2131 SIC2064

VANITY MIRROR LIGHT (if soequipped)

HomeLink UNIVERSALTRANSCEIVER (if so equipped)


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

WARNING

� Do not use the HomeLink UniversalTransceiver with any garage dooropener that lacks safety stop andreverse features as required by fed-eral safety standards. (These stan-dards became effective for openermodels manufactured after April 1,1982). A garage door opener whichcannot detect an object in the path ofa closing garage door and then auto-matically stop and reverse, does notmeet current federal safety stan-dards. Using a garage door openerwithout these features increases therisk of serious injury or death.

� During programming, your garagedoor or gate may open or close.Make sure that people and objectsare clear of the garage door or gatethat you are programming.

� Your vehicle’s engine should beturned off while programming theHomeLink Universal Transceiver.

PROGRAMMING HomeLinkTo program your HomeLink Transceiver to op-erate a garage door, gate, or entry door opener,home or office lighting, you need to be at thesame location as the device. Note: Garage dooropeners (manufactured after 1996) have “rollingcode protection”. To program a garage dooropener equipped with “rolling code protection”;you will need to use a ladder to get up to thegarage door opener motor to be able to accessthe “smart or learn” program button.

1. To begin, press and hold the 2 outerHomeLink buttons (to clear the memory)until the indicator light blinks slowly (after 20seconds). Release both buttons.

2. Position the end of the hand-held transmitter1-3 inches away from the HomeLink sur-face.

SIC2071


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

3. Using both hands, simultaneously press andhold both the HomeLink button you want toprogram and the hand-held transmitter but-ton.DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 hasbeen completed.

4. Hold down both buttons until the indicatorlight on the HomeLink flashes, changingfrom a “slow blink” to a “rapidly flashingblink”. This could take up to 90 seconds.When the indicator light flashes rapidly, bothbuttons may be released. The rapidly flashinglight indicates successful programming. Toactivate the garage door or other pro-grammed device, press and hold the pro-

grammed HomeLink button - releasingwhen the device begins to activate.

5. If the indicator light on the HomeLink blinksrapidly for two seconds and then turns solid,HomeLink has picked up a “rolling code”garage door opener signal. You will need toproceed with the next steps to train theHomeLink to complete the programmingwhich may require a ladder and anotherperson for convenience.

6. Press and release the “smart” or “learn”program button located on the garage dooropener’s motor to activate the “trainingmode”. This button is usually located near theantenna wire that hangs down from the mo-tor. If the wire originates from under a lightlens, you will need to remove the lens toaccess the program button.

NOTE:

Once you have pressed and released theprogram button on the garage door open-er’s motor and the “training light” is lit, youhave 30 seconds in which to perform step7. Use the help of a second person forconvenience to assist when performingthis step.

7. Quickly within 30 seconds of pressing andreleasing the garage door opener program

button, firmly press and release theHomeLink button you’ve just programmed.Press and release the HomeLink button upto three times to complete the training.

8. Your HomeLink button should now be pro-grammed. (To program the remainingHomeLink buttons for additional door orgate openers, follow steps 2 through 8 only.)

NOTE:

Do not repeat step one unless you want to“clear” all previously programmedHomeLink buttons).

If you have any questions or are having difficultyprogramming your HomeLink buttons, pleaserefer to the HomeLink web site at:www.homelink.com or call 1-800-662-6200.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink FORCANADIAN CUSTOMERS

Prior to 1992, D.O.C. regulations required hand-held transmitters to stop transmitting after 2seconds. To program your hand-held transmitterto HomeLink , continue to press and hold theHomeLink button (note steps 2 through 4under “Programming HomeLink ”) while youpress and re-press (“cycle”) your hand-heldtransmitter every 2 seconds until the indicator

SIC2072


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

light flashes rapidly (indicating successful pro-gramming).

NOTE:

If programming a garage door opener, etc.,it is advised to unplug the device duringthe “cycling” process to prevent possibledamage to the garage door opener compo-nents.

OPERATING THE HomeLinkUNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER

The HomeLink Universal Transceiver (onceprogrammed) may now be used to activate thegarage door, etc. To operate, simply press theappropriate programmed HomeLink UniversalTransceiver button. The red indicator light willilluminate while the signal is being transmitted.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLEDIAGNOSIS

If the HomeLink does not quickly learn thehand-held transmitter information:

� replace the hand-held transmitter batterieswith new batteries.

� position the hand-held transmitter with itsbattery area facing away from the HomeLinksurface.

� press and hold both the HomeLink andhand-held transmitter buttons without inter-ruption.

� position the hand-held transmitter 2 to 5inches (50 to 127 mm) away from theHomeLink surface. Hold the transmitter inthat position for up to 15 seconds. IfHomeLink is not programmed within thattime, try holding the transmitter in anotherposition - keeping the indicator light in view atall times.

If you continue to have programming difficulties,please contact the NISSAN Consumer AffairsDepartment. The phone numbers are located inthe Foreword of this Owner’s Manual.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMEDINFORMATIONIndividual buttons cannot be cleared, however toclear all programming, press and hold the twooutside buttons and release when the indicatorlight begins to flash (approximately 20 seconds).

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLEHomeLink BUTTON

To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Trans-ceiver button, complete the following.

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink but-ton. Do not release the button until step 4has been completed.

2. When the indicator light begins to flashslowly (after 20 seconds), position the hand-held transmitter 2 to 5 inches (50 to 127 mm)away from the HomeLink surface.

3. Press and hold the hand-held transmitterbutton.

4. The HomeLink indicator light will flash, firstslowly and then rapidly. When the indicatorlight begins to flash rapidly, release bothbuttons.

The HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttonhas now been reprogrammed. The new devicecan be activated by pushing the HomeLinkbutton that was just programmed. This proce-dure will not affect any other programmedHomeLink buttons.

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLENIf your vehicle is stolen, you should change thecodes of any non-rolling code device that has


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

been programmed into HomeLink . Consult theOwner’s Manual of each device or call themanufacturer or dealer of those devices foradditional information.

When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the HomeLink Univer-sal Transceiver with your new transmitterinformation.

FCC Notice:

This device complies with FCC rules part15. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) This device may notcause harmful interference and (2) Thisdevice must accept any interference thatmay be received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

The transmitter has been tested and com-plies with FCC and DOC/MDC rules.Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible for com-pliance could void the user’s authority tooperate the device.

DOC: ISTC 1763K1313

FCC I.D.: CB2V67690


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

MEMO


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys........................................................................................... 3-2Doors......................................................................................... 3-2

Locking with key............................................................... 3-3Locking with inside lock knob ...................................... 3-3Locking with power door lock switch......................... 3-4Child safety rear door lock ............................................ 3-4

Remote keyless entry system ............................................. 3-4How to use remote keyless entry system.................. 3-5Battery replacement ........................................................ 3-7

Hood ......................................................................................... 3-9Back door ................................................................................ 3-9Fuel filler lid........................................................................... 3-11

Open the filler lid ........................................................... 3-11Fuel filler cap .................................................................. 3-11

Steering wheel ..................................................................... 3-13

Tilt operation ................................................................... 3-13Pedal position adjustment................................................. 3-13Sun visors.............................................................................. 3-14Mirrors .................................................................................... 3-14

Inside mirror .................................................................... 3-14Automatic anti-glare inside mirror (if soequipped)......................................................................... 3-15Outside mirrors .............................................................. 3-15

Automatic drive positioner (if so equipped) ................. 3-16Automatic drive positioner operation........................ 3-16Procedure for storing memory ................................... 3-17

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

You can only drive your vehicle using the masteror valet keys which are registered to the NissanVehicle Immobilizer System components in yourvehicle. These keys have a transponder chip inthe key head.

The master key can be used for all the locks.

The valet key cannot be used for the glove boxand console lid locks.

To protect belongings when you leave a key withsomeone, give them the valet key only.

Never leave these keys in the vehicle.Record the key number on the key number platesupplied with your keys and keep it in a

safe place (such as your wallet), not in thevehicle. NISSAN does not record any key num-bers so it is very important to keep track of yourkey number plate.

A key number is only necessary when you havelost all keys and do not have one to duplicatefrom. If you still have a key, this key can beduplicated by your NISSAN dealer.

Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System KEY - Masterand Valet keys:

The key number is necessary when you needextra Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System keys.As many as 5 Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer Systemkeys can be used with one vehicle. New keysmust be registered to the Nissan Vehicle Immo-bilizer System components in your vehicle byyour NISSAN dealer. At this time, you shouldbring all Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System keysthat you have to your NISSAN dealer for regis-tration. This is because the registration processwill erase all memory of the Nissan VehicleImmobilizer System components.

WARNING

� Always have the doors locked whiledriving. Along with the use of seatbelts, this provides greater safety inthe event of an accident by helping toprevent persons from being thrownfrom the vehicle. This also helps keepchildren and others from uninten-tionally opening the doors, and willhelp keep out intruders.

� Before opening any door, alwayslook for and avoid oncoming traffic.

� Do not leave children unattended in-side the vehicle. They could unknow-ingly activate switches or controls.Unattended children could becomeinvolved in serious accidents.

SPA1379A

KEYS DOORS

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

LOCKING WITH KEY

Power

The power door lock system allows you to lockor unlock all doors simultaneously.

� Turning the driver’s door key to the front ofthe vehicle will lock all doors (including theback door) and fuel filler lid.

� Turning the driver’s door key one time to therear of the vehicle will unlock the driver’sdoor. From that position, returning the key toneutral (where the key can only be removedand inserted) and turning it to the rear again

within 5 seconds will unlock all doors and fuelfiller lid.

Opening and closing front windowsTurn the driver’s door key to the unlock positionand hold for about 1 second, the front windowswill begin to lower.

To stop opening, turn the key to the neutralposition.

To close the front windows with the door keycylinder, turn the key to the lock position andhold for about 1 second.

To stop closing, turn the key to the neutralposition.

In the event of a hand in the way, or otherobstruction, the auto reverse function will acti-vate.

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCKKNOBTo individually lock the doors, move the insidelock knob to the LOCK position, then close thedoor. To unlock, pull up the inside lock knob tothe UNLOCK position.

The front doors will automatically be unlockedand you can open the door by pulling the insidedoor handle.

When locking the door without a key, besure not to leave the key inside the vehicle.

SPA1575 SPA1422

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

LOCKING WITH POWER DOORLOCK SWITCHAll door and fuel filler lid locks will be engagedwhen the power door lock switch is moved to theLOCK position with the driver’s or front passen-ger’s door open. Then close the door and alldoors will be locked.

When the power door lock switch is moved tothe LOCK position with front doors open while akey is in the ignition switch, all doors will lockonce and then unlock automatically.

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCKChild safety locking helps prevent doors frombeing opened accidentally, especially whensmall children are in the vehicle.

When the lever is in the lock position, therear door can be opened only from theoutside.

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors (includingthe back door) and fuel filler lid and activate thepanic alarm by using the keyfob from outside thevehicle.Before locking the doors, make sure thekey is not left in the vehicle.The keyfob can operate at a distance of approxi-mately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. (Theeffective distance depends upon the conditionsaround the vehicle.)As many as five keyfobs can be used with onevehicle. For information concerning the purchaseand use of additional keyfobs, contact yourNISSAN dealer.

The keyfob will not function when:

� the battery is dead,

� the distance between the vehicle and thekeyfob is over 33 ft (10 m).

The panic alarm will not activate when thekey is in the ignition switch.

CAUTION

The following conditions or occurrenceswill damage the keyfob.

SPA1576 SPA1577

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRYSYSTEM


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

� Do not allow the keyfob to becomewet.

� Do not drop the keyfob.

� Do not strike the keyfob sharplyagainst another object.

� Do not place the keyfob for an ex-tended period in an area where tem-peratures exceed 140°F (60°C).

If a keyfob is lost or stolen, NISSANrecommends erasing the ID code of thatkeyfob. This will prevent the keyfobfrom unauthorized use to unlock thevehicle. For information regarding theerasing procedure, please contact aNISSAN dealer.

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESSENTRY SYSTEM

Setting hazard indicator and hornmode

This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and hornmode when you first receive the vehicle.

In hazard indicator and horn mode, when the

LOCK button is pushed, the hazard indicatorflashes twice and the horn chirps once. Whenthe UNLOCK button is pushed, the hazard indi-cator flashes once.

If hazard indicator and horn mode is not neces-sary, you can switch to hazard indicator onlymode by following the switching procedure.

In hazard indicator only mode, when the LOCKbutton is pushed, the hazard indicator flashestwice. When the UNLOCK button is pushed,neither the hazard indicator nor the horn oper-ates.

(Switching procedure)

Push the LOCK and UNLOCK buttons on thekeyfob simultaneously for more than 2 secondsto switch from one mode to the other.

When pushing the buttons to set hazard indica-tor only mode, the hazard indicator flashes 3times.

When pushing the buttons to set hazard indica-tor and horn mode, the hazard indicator flashesonce and the horn chirps once.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Locking doors and fuel filler lid

1. Remove the ignition key.*1

2. Close all the doors and fuel filler lid.*2

3. Push the LOCK button on the keyfob.

4. All the doors and fuel filler lid will lock.

All of the doors will lock when the LOCKbutton on the keyfob is pushed eventhough a door remains open and/or theignition key is in the ON position.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and thehorn chirps once.

� When the LOCK button is pushed with alldoors and fuel filler lid locked, the hazardindicator flashes twice and the horn chirpsonce as a reminder that the doors and fuelfiller lid are already locked.

*1: Doors and fuel filler lid lock with the keyfobwhile a key is in the ignition switch. How-ever, the panic alarm will not activate whenthe key is in the ignition switch.

*2: Doors and fuel filler lid lock with the keyfobwhile any door is open. However, hazardindicator and horn mode will not function.

Unlocking doors

1. Push the UNLOCK button on the keyfobonce.

� The driver’s door and fuel filler lid unlocks

� The hazard indicator flashes once if all doorsand fuel filler lid are completely closed withthe ignition key in any position except the ONposition.

� The interior light turns on and the light timeractivates for 30 seconds when the switch isin the DOOR position with the ignition key inany position except the ON position.

SPA1260 SPA1397


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

2. Push the UNLOCK button on the keyfobagain within 5 seconds.

� All doors unlock

� The hazard indicator flashes once if all doorsare completely closed.

If the following operation is not carried outwithin 1 minute after pressing theUNLOCK button, all doors will be lockedautomatically.

� any door is opened.

� the ignition key is turned to the ONposition

The interior light can be turned off withoutwaiting for 30 seconds by turning the ignitionswitch to the ON position or by locking thedoors with the keyfob.

Opening the front window

Push the UNLOCK button on the keyfob.

The driver’s door will unlock.

Continue to press the UNLOCK button for 3seconds. The driver’s and front passenger’swindows will be lowered.

Continue to press the UNLOCK button untilwindows are fully open.

To stop lowering the windows, release the UN-LOCK button.

To start lowering the windows, press the UN-LOCK button again for 3 more seconds.

This function will operate after the ignition switchis off and 45 seconds passed or either the frontdoor is opened.

Using the panic alarmIf you are near your vehicle and feel threatened,you may activate the alarm to call attention asfollows:

1. Push the PANIC button on the keyfob forlonger than 0.5 seconds.

2. The theft warning alarm and headlights willstay on for 30 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops when:

� It has run for 30 seconds, or

� The LOCK or the UNLOCK button ispressed, or

� The panic button is pushed on the keyfob formore than 0.5 seconds. BATTERY REPLACEMENT

Replace the battery as follows:

1. Open the lid using a suitable tool.

2. Replace the battery with a new one.

SPA1374


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Recommended battery: Sanyo CR2025 orequivalent

Make sure that the ⊕ side faces thebottom case.

3. Close the lid securely.

4. Push the keyfob button two or three times tocheck its operation.

See your NISSAN dealer if you need any assis-tance for replacement.

If the battery is removed for any reasonother than replacement, perform the step 4above.

� Be careful not to touch a circuit boardand a battery terminal.

� An improperly disposed battery canharm the environment. Always confirmlocal regulations for battery disposal.

� The keyfob is water-resistant; however,if it does get wet, immediately wipecompletely dry.

� When changing batteries, do not letdust or oil get on the keyfob.

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the manufacturer compliance

could void the user’s authority to operatethe equipment. This device complies withPart 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS-210 ofIndustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions: (1) This de-vice may not cause harmful interference,and (2) this device must accept any inter-ference received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation of thedevice.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

1. Pull the hood lock release handle �1 locatedbelow the instrument panel; the hood willthen spring up slightly.

2. Move the lever �2 at the front of the hoodwith your fingertips and raise the hood.

3. When closing the hood, slowly close thehood and make sure it locks into place.

WARNING

� Make sure the hood is completelyclosed and latched before driving.Failure to do so could cause the hoodto fly open and result in an accident.

� If you see steam or smoke comingfrom the engine compartment, toavoid injury do not open the hood.

� The power door lock system allows you tolock or unlock all doors including the backdoor simultaneously.

� Pull the opener handle to open the back door.

WARNING

Do not drive with the back door open.This could allow dangerous exhaustgases to be drawn into the vehicle. See“Precautions when starting and driving”in the “5. Starting and driving” section

SPA1578 SPA1579

HOOD BACK DOOR


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

for exhaust gas.

To lock or unlock the back doorIf the back door cannot be locked or unlockedwith the door lock switch or remote controllerdue to a discharged battery, follow the nextsteps.

1. Remove the cover inside of the back doorwith a suitable tool.

2. Move the lever as illustrated to lock or unlock.

Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as pos-sible.

WARNING

� Always check the back door has beenclosed securely to prevent it fromopening while driving.

� Do not drive with the back door open.This could allow dangerous exhaustgases to be drawn into the vehicle.

SPA1617


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

OPEN THE FILLER LIDTo open the fuel filler lid, unlock it using one ofthe following operations, then push the right-hand side of the lid �A .

� Press the unlock button on the keyfob once.

� Insert the key into the door lock cylinder andturn the door key clockwise twice.

� Press the power door lock switch to theunlock side.

To lock, close the fuel filler lid and lock the doors.

FUEL FILLER CAP

The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type. Tighten thecap clockwise until ratcheting clicks are heard.

Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder whilerefueling.

WARNING

� Gasoline is extremely flammable andhighly explosive under certain condi-tions. You could be burned or seri-

ously injured if it is misused or mis-handled. Always stop the engine anddo not smoke or allow open flamesor sparks near the vehicle when refu-eling.

� Fuel may be under pressure. Turn thecap a quarter turn, and wait for anyhissing sound to stop to prevent fuelfrom spraying out and possible per-sonal injury. Then remove the cap.

� Do not attempt to top off the fuel

SPA1580 SPA1581

FUEL FILLER LID


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

tank after the fuel pump nozzle shutsoff automatically.Continued refueling may cause fueloverflow, resulting in fuel spray andpossibly a fire.

� Use only an original equipment typefuel filler cap as a replacement. It hasa built-in safety valve needed forproper operation of the fuel systemand emission control system. An in-correct cap can result in a seriousmalfunction and possible injury. Itcould also cause the malfunc-tion indicator lamp to come on.

� Do not fill a portable fuel container inthe vehicle or trailer. Static electricitycan cause an explosion of flammableliquid, vapor or gas in any vehicle ortrailer. To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death when filling portablefuel containers:

— Always place the container on theground when filling.

— Do not use electronic deviceswhile filling.

— Keep the pump nozzle in contactwith the container while you arefilling it.

— Use only approved portable fuelcontainers for flammable liquid.

� Never pour fuel into the throttle bodyto attempt to start your vehicle.

CAUTION

� If fuel is spilled on the car body, flushit away with water to avoid paintdamage.

� Tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks.Failure to tighten the fuel filler capproperly may cause the mal-function indicator lamp (MIL) to illu-minate. If the lamp illuminatesbecause the fuel filler cap is loose ormissing, tighten or install the cap andcontinue to drive the vehicle. The

lamp should turn off after a fewdriving trips. If the lamp doesnot turn off after a few driving trips,

have the vehicle inspected by an au-thorized NISSAN dealer.

� For additional information, see the“Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)” inthe “2. Instruments and controls”section.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

TILT OPERATION

The steering wheel will pop up when the locklever is pulled as illustrated �1 .

Keep holding the lock lever and adjust thesteering wheel to the desired position �2 .

Release the lock lever to lock the steering wheel.

WARNING

� Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving. You could lose control

of your vehicle and cause an acci-dent.

� Do not put anything on or near thesteering wheel when tilting.

The accelerator and brake pedals can be ad-justed for driving comfort.

Use the pedal adjusting switch to adjust thebrake and accelerator pedal position forward �1or backward �2 . Pedal adjustment can only beperformed when:

� Ignition switch is in the OFF or ACC position,or

� Ignition switch is ON and the selector lever isin the P (Park) position

The brake and accelerator pedals cannot beadjusted separately.

SPA1582 SPA1574

STEERING WHEEL PEDAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

CAUTION

Do not adjust the pedal position withyour foot on the pedal.

CAUTION

Store the main sun visor after storingthe extension sun visor.

INSIDE MIRRORThe night position will reduce glare from theheadlights of vehicles behind you at night.

WARNING

Use the night position only when neces-sary, because it reduces rear view clar-ity.

SPA1583 PD1006M

SUN VISORS MIRRORS


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

AUTOMATIC ANTI-GLARE INSIDEMIRROR (if so equipped)

WARNING

Use Automatic Anti-glare only whennecessary, because it reduces rear viewclarity.

The inside mirror is designed so that it automati-cally changes reflection according to the inten-sity of the headlights of the vehicle following you.

When the inside MIRROR switch is in the ON

position (The Auto indicator light will illuminate),excessive glare from the headlights of the ve-hicle behind you will be reduced. When theswitch of the inside mirror is in the OFF position,the inside mirror will operate normally.

For the HomeLink Universal Transceiver andthe compass display, see the description in the“2. Instruments and controls” section.

OUTSIDE MIRRORS

WARNING

Objects viewed in the outside mirror onthe passenger side are closer than theyappear. Be careful when moving to theright. Using only this mirror could causean accident. Use inside mirror or glanceover your shoulder to properly judgedistances to other objects.

The outside mirror will operate only when the

SPA1448 SPA1449A


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.

Move the switch to right �A or left �B to selectthe right or left outside mirror, then adjust themirror to the desired position by pushing thebutton �C .

Foldable outside mirrorsPush the outside mirror backward to fold it.

AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONEROPERATION

This system is designed so that the driver’s seat,outside mirror and pedals (Brake, Accelerator)will automatically move when the selector lever isin the P (Park) position. This allows the driver toget in and out of the driver’s seat more easily.

When one of the following conditions is met, thedriver’s seat will slide backward while the selec-tor lever is in the P (Park) position:

� When the key is removed from the ignitionswitch.

� When the driver’s door is opened with thekey turned to LOCK.

� When the key is turned from ACC to LOCKwith the driver’s door open.

When one of the following conditions is metwhile the selector lever is in the P (Park) position,the driver’s seat will return to the positionsbefore being set.

� When the key is inserted into the ignitionswitch.

� When the driver’s door is closed with the keyturned to LOCK.

� When the key is turned from ACC to ON.

MPA0008

AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER(if so equipped)


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

PROCEDURE FOR STORINGMEMORYTwo positions can be stored in the automaticdrive positioner memory. Follow these proce-dures to use the memory system.

1. Set the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

2. Turn the ignition ON.

3. Adjust the driver’s seat, outside mirrors andpedals to the desired positions by manuallyoperating each adjusting switch. For addi-tional information, see “Seats” in the “1.Seats, restraints and supplemental air bagsystems” section and “Pedal position adjust-ment” earlier in this section.

During this step, do not turn the ignition toany positions other than ON.

4. Push the SET switch and, within 5 seconds,

push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for atleast 1 second.

The indicator light for the pushed memoryswitch will come on and stay on for approxi-mately 5 seconds after pushing the switch.After the indicator light goes off, the selectedpositions are stored in the selected memory(1 or 2). Pushing the unlock button on thekeyfob within this 5 seconds, will link theselected memory to the keyfob.

When the link is completed, the indicator lightof the selected memory switch will blink forapproximately 5 seconds.

When you unlock the door with the linkcompleted keyfob, the driver’s seat will moveback and move to the memorized position.

If memory is stored in the same memoryswitch, the previous memory and the memorywhich is linked to the keyfob, will be deleted.

Confirming memory storage� Turn the ignition ON and push the SET

switch. If the main memory has not beenstored, the indicator light will come on forapproximately 0.5 seconds. When thememory has stored the position, the indicatorlight will stay on for approximately 5 seconds.

� If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the

SPA1584


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

fuse blows, the memory will be canceled. Insuch a case, reset the desired positionsusing the following procedures.

1. Open and close the driver’s door more thantwo times with the ignition key in the LOCKposition.

2. Reset the desired position using the previousprocedure.

Selecting the memorized position

1. Set the selector lever to the P (Park) position.

2. Turn the ignition ON.

3. Push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for atleast 1 second.

The driver’s seat, pedals and outside mirrorwill move to the memorized position with theindicator light flashing. Then the light will stayon for approximately 5 seconds.

Cancellation of the systemThe automatic drive positioner system can becanceled.

See “4. Display screen, heater, air conditionerand audio systems” section.

System operationThe automatic drive positioner system will not

work or will stop operating under the followingconditions:

� when the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH (7km/h).

� when either of the memory switches ispressed while the automatic drive positioneris operating.

� when the adjusting switch for the driver’sseat, pedal or outside mirror is turned onwhile the automatic drive positioner is oper-ating.

� when the memory switch 1 or 2 is not pushedfor at least 1 second.

� when the seat, pedal and outside mirror hasalready been moved to the memorized posi-tion.

� when no seat position is stored in thememory switch.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

MEMO


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

4 Display screen, heater, air conditioner andaudio systems

Safety note .............................................................................. 4-2Control panel buttons — without navigation system.... 4-2

Names of the components ............................................ 4-3How to use joystick and “ENTER” button................. 4-3How to use “PREV” button ........................................... 4-3How to use “TRIP” button ............................................. 4-3How to use “FUEL ECON” button.............................. 4-4Clock ................................................................................... 4-4How to use “E/M” button .............................................. 4-4How to use “MAINT” (Maintenance) button ............. 4-5How to use “SETTING” button .................................... 4-5“DAY/NIGHT” button ...................................................... 4-6

Control panel buttons — with navigation system.......... 4-7Names of the components ............................................ 4-8How to use joystick and “ENTER” button................. 4-8How to use “PREV” button ........................................... 4-8Setting up the start-up screen ..................................... 4-8How to use the “TRIP” button...................................... 4-8How to use the “SETTING” button .......................... 4-10“DAY/NIGHT” button.................................................... 4-14

Ventilators.............................................................................. 4-14Heater and air conditioner (Automatic) ......................... 4-15

Automatic operation...................................................... 4-16Manual operation ........................................................... 4-17

Operating tips................................................................. 4-17In-cabin microfilter......................................................... 4-18

Servicing air conditioner .................................................... 4-18Audio system........................................................................ 4-19

FM radio reception........................................................ 4-19AM radio reception ....................................................... 4-20Satellite radio reception............................................... 4-20Audio operation precautions....................................... 4-20FM-AM radio with cassette player and compact disc(CD) player (Type A)/CD changer (Type B) .......... 4-23CD care and cleaning .................................................. 4-29Steering switch for audio control (if soequipped)......................................................................... 4-30Antenna ............................................................................ 4-31

Car phone or CB radio .................................................... 4-31

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

WARNING

� Positioning of the heating or air con-ditioning controls and display con-trols should not be done while driv-ing, in order that full attention maybe given to the driving operation.

� Do not disassemble or modify thissystem. If you do, it may result inaccidents, fire, or electrical shock.

� Do not use this system if you noticeany abnormality, such as a frozenscreen or lack of sound. Continueduse of the system may result in acci-dent, fire or electric shock.

� In case you notice any foreign objectin the system hardware, spill liquidon it, or notice smoke or smell com-ing from it, stop using the systemimmediately and contact your near-est NISSAN dealer. Ignoring suchconditions may lead to accidents,fire, or electric shock.

SAA0643

SAFETY NOTE CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS —WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM

4-2 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

When you use this system, make sure the engineis running.

If you use the system with the engine notrunning (ignition ON or ACC) for a longtime, it will use up all the battery power,and the engine will not start.

Reference symbols:

“ENTER” button

This is a button on the control panel.

“Display” key

This is a select key on the screen. Byselecting this key you can proceed to thenext function.

NAMES OF THE COMPONENTS

1. “TRIP” drive computer button; refer to page4-3.

2. “FUEL ECON” button; refer to page 4-4.

3. Clock adjust button; refer to page 4-3.

4. “TRIP RESET” button; refer to page 4-3.

5. “E/M” button; refer to page 4-4.

6. “MAINT” maintenance button; refer to page4-5.

7. “SETTING” button; refer to page 4-6.

8. JOYSTICK and “ENTER” push button; referto page 4-3.

9. “PREV” previous button; refer to page 4-3.

10.“DAY/NIGHT” brightness control button; re-fer to page 4-6.

To turn off the screen, push the “DAY/NIGHT”button for more than approximately 1.5 seconds.The screen will change to “CONFIRM DISPLAYOFF YES or NO”.

HOW TO USE JOYSTICK AND“ENTER” BUTTONChoose an item on the display using the joystick.Push the “ENTER” button only when the use ofit is instructed on the display.

HOW TO USE “PREV” BUTTONFinish setup:

If you touch “PREV” button after the setup iscompleted, the setup will start over.

HOW TO USE “TRIP” BUTTON

When the “TRIP” button is pushed, the followingmodes will display on the screen.

TRIP 1 (TIME, DIST, AVG) → TRIP 2 (TIME,DIST, AVG) → OFF

You can set the two kinds of journey time (TIME— max 99 hours 59 minutes), trip odometer(DIST — mile or km) and average speed (AVG—MPH or km/h).

To reset the TRIP 1 or TRIP 2, push the “TRIP”button or the “TRIP RESET” button for morethan approximately 1.5 seconds.

SAA0644

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-3

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

HOW TO USE “FUEL ECON”BUTTON

The average fuel consumption (MPG or L/100km) and the distance to empty (dte — MI or km)will appear on the screen when the “FUELECON” button is pushed.

Average fuel consumption(Mpg or L/100 km)The average fuel consumption mode shows theaverage fuel consumption since the last reset.Resetting is done by pressing the “TRIP RESET”or “FUEL ECON” button for more than approxi-mately 1.5 seconds.

The display is updated every 30 seconds. Atabout the first 30 seconds and 1/3 miles (500m) after a reset or connecting battery cable, thedisplay will show (----).

Distance to empty (dte — mile or km)

The distance to empty (dte) mode provides youwith an estimation of the distance that can bedriven before refueling. The dte is constantlybeing calculated, based on the amount of fuel inthe fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption.

The display is updated every 30 seconds.

When the fuel level drops even lower, the dtedisplay will change to (*).

NOTE:

� If the amount of fuel added while theignition switch is OFF is small, the dis-play just before the ignition switch isturned OFF may continue to be dis-played.

� When driving uphill or rounding curves,the fuel in the tank shifts, which maymomentarily change the display.

CLOCK

The digital clock displays time when the ignitionkey is in ACC or ON.

If the power supply is disconnected, theclock will not indicate the correct time.Readjust the time.

Adjusting the timeTo adjust the time, push the “H” or “M” button formore than approximately 1.5 seconds. The timeindicator will flash.

Touch the H button to adjust the hour.

Touch the M button to adjust the minute.

To finish the adjusting, press the “PREV” buttonor the screen will return to normal after 10seconds.

HOW TO USE “E/M” BUTTONYou can change the unit as follows using the“E/M” (English/Metric) button.

Unit: US — Mile, °F, MPGMetric — km, °C, L/100 km

SAA0645


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

HOW TO USE “MAINT”(Maintenance) BUTTONPushing the “MAINT” button will change themaintenance menu as follows:

ENGINE OIL → TIRE ROTATION → TIREPRESSURE (if so equipped)

To reset the driving distance, push the “MAINT”button or “TRIP RESET” button for more thanapproximately 1.5 seconds.

To set the distance, push the joystick to left orright.

Tire pressure information (if soequipped)

Pressure indication in ** psi on the screenindicates that the pressure is being measured.After a few driving trips, the pressure for eachtire will be displayed randomly.

The order of tire pressure figures displayed onthe screen does not correspond with the actualorder of the tire position.

Tire pressure rises and falls depending on theheat caused by the vehicle’s traveling conditionand the temperature.

In case of flat tire, a message (FLAT TIRE or

CHECK ALL TIRE) is displayed on the screen:

FLAT TIRE — very low tire air pressure.

WARNING

When a spare tire is mounted or a wheelis replaced, the pressure of that tire willnot be indicated and not be monitoredby the low tire pressure warning system.Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible for tire replacement and/orsystem resetting.

HOW TO USE “SETTING” BUTTONPushing the “SETTING” button will change thesettings menu as follows:

�1 DISPLAY ON/OFF

�2 LANGUAGE

�3 BEEP SET

�4 SERVICE ALERT

�5 PERSONALIZED SETTINGS MENU — if soequipped

SAA0646 SAA0647


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Display ON/OFF

To turn off the screen, select the OFF key of the“Display ON/OFF” using the joystick.

The screen will change to “CONFIRM DISPLAYOFF YES or NO”.

If YES key is selected using the joystick, thescreen will turn off after 2 beep sound andapproximately 1 second.

To turn on the screen, push the “SETTING”, tripcontrol, air conditioner (except rear window de-froster button) or audio button.

Language

The language can be changed to “English” or“Francais” using the joystick.

Beep set

If the beep set “OFF” key is selected using thejoystick, the beep sound will not operate. (exceptsome caution beep sounds)

Service alert

If the service alert “ON” key is selected, theinformation will be operated when the engine oiland the tire rotation reaches the preset drivingdistance.

Personalized setting menu (if soequipped)You can set the electronic systems as followsusing the joystick.

Slide back DR seat on exit:

The driver’s seat automatically moves back andreturns to the original position for exceptionalease of exit and entry.

Return all settings to default:

When this key is selected and turned on usingthe joystick, all settings made by personalizedsetting menu will return to the initial conditions.

“DAY/NIGHT” BUTTONTo change the display brightness, push the“DAY/NIGHT” button. Pushing the button againwill change the display to DAY or NIGHT dis-play. Then, adjust the brightness moving thejoystick right or left.

If no operation is done within 10 seconds, or ifthe “PREV” button is pushed, the display willreturn to the previous display.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

When you use this system, make sure the engineis running.

If you use the system with the engine notrunning (ignition ON or ACC) for a longtime, it will use up all the battery power,and the engine will not start.

Reference symbols:

“ENTER” button

This is a button on the control panel.

“Display” key

This is a select key on the screen. Byselecting this key you can proceed to thenext function.

SAA0648

CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS —WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

NAMES OF THE COMPONENTS

1. “TRIP” drive computer button; refer to page4-8.

2. “SETTING” button; refer to page 4-10.

3. Joystick and “ENTER” push button; refer topage 4-8.

4. “PREV” previous button; refer to page 4-8.

5. “DAY/NIGHT” brightness control button; re-fer to page 4-14.

6 - 10. For Navigation system control buttons;refer to the separate Navigation Own-er’s Manual.

HOW TO USE JOYSTICK AND“ENTER” BUTTON

Choose an item on the display using the joystickand push the “ENTER” button for operation.

HOW TO USE “PREV” BUTTONThis has two functions.

� Go back to the previous display (cancel).

If you touch “PREV” button during setup, thesetup will be canceled and/or the display willreturn to the previous screen.

� Finish setup.

If you touch this button after the setup is com-pleted, the setup will start over, and the displaywill return to the climate control or Audio mode,and Navigation screen.

SETTING UP THE START-UPSCREEN

When you turn the ignition key to ACC, theSYSTEM START-UP warning is displayed onthe screen. Read the warning and select the“I AGREE” (English) or “ENTER” (Francais) keythen push the “ENTER” button.

If you do not push the “ENTER” button, thissystem will not proceed to the next step display.

If you do not touch the button or screen key formore than 1 minute on the TRIP, SETTING orSTART-UP screen, the screen will change toTRIP screen automatically.

To proceed to the next step, refer to the separateNavigation system Owner’s Manual.

HOW TO USE THE “TRIP” BUTTONWhen the “TRIP” button is pushed, the followingmodels will display on the screen.

Warning message (if there are any) → TRIP 1(Elapsed Time, Driving Distance, AverageSpeed) → TRIP 2 → FUEL ECONOMY (Aver-age Fuel Economy, Distance to Empty) →

MAINTENANCE (Engine Oil, Tire Rotation andTire Pressure — if so equipped) → OFF.

Trip 1, trip 2 and fuel economy itemsTo reset the TRIP 1, TRIP 2 and FUELECONOMY, select the “RESET” key using thejoystick and push the “ENTER” button or pushthe “TRIP” button for more than approximately1.5 seconds.

SAA0654


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Maintenance itemsYou can set the engine oil and the tire rotationinterval.

And the tire pressure will appear on the screen(if the tire pressure system is equipped).

To display the setting of the maintenance inter-val, select the “Engine Oil” or “Tire Rotation” keyusing the joystick and push the “ENTER” button.

To set the maintenance interval, select the“Maintenance Schedule” key by using the joy-stick and push the joystick to right or left.

To reset the maintenance interval, select the“RESET” key using the joystick and push the“ENTER” button.

To display the MAINTENANCE INFORMATION,automatically when setting trip distance isreached, select the “Display Maintenance Noti-fication” key and push the “ENTER” button.

SAA0695 SAA0655 SAA0656


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Tire pressure information (if soequipped)

Pressure indication in ** psi on the screenindicates that the pressure is being measured.After a few driving trips, the pressure for eachtire will be displayed randomly.

The order of tire pressure figures displayed onthe screen does not correspond with the actualorder of the tire position.

Tire pressure rises and falls depending on theheat caused by the vehicle’s traveling conditionand the temperature.

In case of flat tire, a message is displayed on thescreen:

FLAT TIRE — very low tire air pressure.

WARNING

When a spare tire is mounted or a wheelis replaced, the pressure of that tire willnot be indicated and not be monitoredby the low tire pressure warning system.Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible for tire replacement and/orsystem resetting.

For models with navigation system:

*1 — if so equipped. (Automatic drive positioner)

*2 — Please refer to the separate Navigationsystem Owner’s Manual.

HOW TO USE THE “SETTING”BUTTONThe SETTING screen will appear when the“SETTING” button is pushed.

SAA0657 SAA0649


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

“Display” settings

The DISPLAY SETTINGS screen will appearwhen pushing the “SETTING” button, selecting“Display” key and pushing the “ENTER” button.

Brightness/Contrast/Map Background:

To adjust the brightness and contrast of thescreen, select the “Brightness/contrast” key andpush the “ENTER” button. Then you can adjustthe brightness to Darker or Brighter, the contrastto Lower or Higher using the joystick.

The Map Background is for models with naviga-tion system. Please refer to the separate naviga-tion system Owner’s Manual.

Display Off:

To turn off the screen, push the “SETTING”button and select the “Display” key and “DisplayOff” key. The indicator of the“Display Off” will turn on to amber. When anymode button is pushed with the screen off, thescreen turns on for further operation. The screenwill turn off automatically 5 seconds after theoperation is finished on the map display in theAudio, HVAC (Heater and air conditioner), SET-TING or VEHICLE INFO. modes.

To turn on the screen, push the “SETTING”button and select the “Display” key and “DisplayOff” key, then set the screen to on by pushingthe “ENTER” button.

Setting Audio or HVAC display:

Choose the “Audio” or “HVAC” (Heater andair conditioner) key to be displayed at thebottom, by using the joystick. The audio orHVAC (heater, air conditioner) setting conditionwill normally appear on the screen.

To return to the setting screen, push the“SETTING” button or “PREV” button.

Vehicle electronic systems (if soequipped)

The VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS screenwill appear when selecting the “Vehicle Elec-tronic Systems” key with the joystick andpushing the “ENTER” button.

You can set the various electronic systemsoperating conditions.

To set an operating condition, select the appli-cable item using the joystick, and push the“ENTER” button.

The indicator light alternately turns on and offeach time the “ENTER” button is pressed.

SAA0652 SAA0653


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Indicator light is illuminated. — ONIndicator light is not illuminated. — OFF

Adjust driver seat when exiting vehicle(if so equipped):

The driver’s seat automatically moves back andreturns to the original position for exceptionalease of exit and entry.

Return all settings to default:

When this key is selected and turned on usingthe “ENTER” button, all settings made by VE-HICLE ELECTRONICS will return to the initialconditions.

System settingsLanguage/Unit:

The LANGUAGE/UNIT screen will appear whenselecting the “Language/Unit” key and pushingthe “ENTER” button.

Language: English or French

Unit: US — Mile, °F, MPGMetric — km, °C, L/100 km

You can select the language and unit using thejoystick and “ENTER” button.

Clock:

Adjusting the time

Select the “Hours” or “Minutes” key and tilt thejoystick to the right or left to adjust the time.

The time will change step by step.

After completion of the setting, press the “PRE-VIOUS” button.

SAA0658 SAA0659


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Setting daylight saving time

Turn ON or OFF daylight saving time.

Every time the “Daylight Saving Time” key isselected, the light turns ON and OFF alternately.

ON: The displayed time advances by one hour.

OFF: The current time is displayed.

Adjusting the time to the GPS

Select the “Auto Adjust” key.

The time will be reset to the GPS time.

Selecting the time zone

1. Select the “Select Time Zone” key.

The [TIME ZONE] screen will appear.

SAA0660 SAA0661 SAA0662


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

2. Select one of the following zones dependingon the current location.

� “Pacific” zone

� “Mountain” zone

� “Central” zone

� “Eastern” zone

� “Atlantic” zone

� “Newfoundland” zone

After selection, the [CLOCK SETTINGS] screenwill appear.

The GPS time (manual time) corresponding to

the selected zone will be displayed.

“Pacific” zone has been set as the initial (default)setting.

Beep setting:

When Beep setting is on (indicator light on), abeep will sound if any audio button is pushed.

“DAY/NIGHT” BUTTONTo change the display brightness, push the“DAY/NIGHT” button. Pushing the button againwill change the display to DAY or NIGHT dis-play. Then, adjust the brightness moving thejoystick right or left.

If no operation is done within 10 seconds, or ifthe “PREV” button is pushed, the display willreturn to the previous display.

Open or close, and adjust the air flow directionof ventilators.

�A :This symbol indicates that the vents areclosed when the vent switch is moved to theleft.

�B :This symbol indicates that the vents are openwhen the vent switch is moved to the right.

SAA0663 SAA0640

VENTILATORS


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

1. “AUTO” climate control ON button

2. “ ” fresh air button

3. “ ” air recirculation button

4. “ ” front defroster button

5. “ ” rear window defroster switch; referto the “2. Instrument and controls” section.

6. “A/C” air conditioner ON/OFF button

7. “MODE” manual air flow control button

8. Temperature control knob (driver only, ordriver and passenger)

9. “OFF” button for climate control system

10. Fan speed control knob

11. “DUAL” passenger side temperature con-trol ON/OFF button

12. Temperature control knob (passenger side)

SAA0641

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER(Automatic)


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

WARNING

� The air conditioner cooling functionoperates only when the engine isrunning.

� Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the supportof others alone in your vehicle. Petsshould not be left alone either. Onhot, sunny days, temperatures in aclosed vehicle could quickly becomehigh enough to cause severe or pos-sibly fatal injuries to people or ani-mals.

� Do not use the recirculation mode forlong periods as it may cause theinterior air to become stale and thewindows to fog up.

� Positioning of the heating or air con-ditioning controls should not bedone while driving, so full attentionmay be given to vehicle operation.

Start the engine and operate the controls toactivate the air conditioner.

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

Cooling and/or dehumidified heating(AUTO)This mode may be normally used all year roundas the system automatically works to keep aconstant temperature. Air flow distribution andfan speed are also controlled automatically.

1. Push the AUTO button on. (AUTO will bedisplayed.)

2. Turn the temperature set dial to the left orright to set the desired temperature.

� Adjust the temperature set dial to about 75°F(24°C) for normal operation.

� The temperature of the passenger compart-ment will be maintained automatically. Airflow distribution and fan speed are also con-trolled automatically.

3. You can individually set driver and front pas-senger side temperature using each tem-perature control knob. When the DUAL but-ton is pushed or passenger side temperaturecontrol knob is turned, the DUAL indicatorwill come on. To turn off the passenger sidetemperature control, push the DUAL button.

Heating (A/C OFF)

The air conditioner does not activate. When youneed to heat only, use this mode.

1. Push the A/C button. (A/C OFF will bedisplayed and A/C indicator will turn off.)


� The temperature of the passenger compart-ment will be maintained automatically. Airflow distribution and fan speed are also con-trolled automatically.

� Do not set the temperature lower than theoutside air temperature. Otherwise the sys-tem may not work properly.

� Not recommended if windows fog up.

Dehumidified defrosting or defogging1. Push the FRONT defroster button on.

(The indicator light on the button will comeon.)


� To quickly remove ice from the outside of thewindows, turn the fan speed control knob toright and set to the maximum position.

� As soon as possible after the windshield is


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

clean, push the AUTO button to return to theauto mode.

� When the front defroster button ispushed, the air conditioner will automaticallybe turned on at outside temperatures above23°F (−5°C) to defog the windshield, and theair recirculate mode will automatically beturned off.

Outside air is drawn into the passengercompartment to improve the defogging per-formance.

MANUAL OPERATION

Fan speed controlTurn the fan control button to manuallycontrol the fan speed.

Push the AUTO button to return to automaticcontrol of the fan speed.

Air recirculationPush the air recirculation button to recir-culate interior air inside the vehicle. The indicatorlight on the button will come on.

The air recirculation cannot be activatedwhen the air conditioner is in the front defrostingmode .

Fresh airPush the button to draw outside air intothe passenger compartment. The indicator lighton the button will come on.

Automatic intake air controlIn the AUTO mode, the intake air will be con-trolled automatically. To manually control theintake air, push the air recirculate or freshair button. To return to the automaticcontrol mode, push the indicator-illuminated but-ton for about 2 seconds. The indicator lights(both air recirculate and fresh air buttons) willflash twice, and then the intake air will becontrolled automatically.

Air flow controlPushing the MODE manual air flow controlbutton selects the air outlet to:

: Air flows from center and side ventila-tors.

: Air flows from center and side ventila-tors and foot outlets.

: Air flows mainly from foot outlets.

: Air flows from defroster and foot out-lets.

To turn the system offPush the OFF button.

OPERATING TIPSWhen the engine coolant temperature and out-side air temperature are low, the air flow from thefoot outlets may not operate for a maximum of150 seconds. However, this is not a malfunction.After the coolant temperature warms up, the airflow from the foot outlets will operate normally.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

The sensor on the instrument panel helps main-tain a constant temperature; do not put anythingon or around this sensor.

IN-CABIN MICROFILTER

The air conditioning system is equipped with anin-cabin microfilter which collects dirt, pollen,dust, etc. To make sure the air conditioner heats,defogs, and ventilates efficiently, replace thefilter according to the specified maintenanceintervals listed in your Service and MaintenanceGuide. To replace the filter, contact yourNISSAN dealer.

The filter should be replaced if the air flow

decreases significantly or if windows fogup easily when operating the heater or airconditioning system.

The air conditioning system in your NISSANvehicle is charged with a refrigerant designedwith the environment in mind. This refrigerantwill not harm the earth’s ozone layer. How-ever, special charging equipment and lubricantsare required when servicing your NISSAN airconditioner. Using improper refrigerants or lubri-cants will cause severe damage to your airconditioning system. See “Capacities and rec-ommended fuel/lubricants” in the “9. Technicaland consumer information” section for air con-ditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recom-mendations.

Your NISSAN dealer will be able to service yourenvironmentally friendly air conditioning system.

WARNING

The air conditioner system contains re-frigerant under high pressure. To avoidpersonal injury, any air conditioner ser-vice should be done only by an experi-enced technician with proper equip-ment.

SAA0642

SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and pressthe power on switch to turn on the radio. If youlisten to the radio with the engine not running,the key should be turned to the ACC position.

Radio reception is affected by station signalstrength, distance from radio transmitter, build-ings, bridges, mountains and other external in-fluences. Intermittent changes in reception qual-ity normally are caused by these externalinfluences.

Using a cellular phone in or near the ve-hicle may influence radio reception quality.

Radio receptionYour radio system is equipped with state-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhance radio recep-tion. These circuits are designed to extend re-ception range, and to enhance the quality of thatreception.

However there are some general characteristicsof FM, AM and satellite radio signals that canaffect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle,even when the finest equipment is used. Thesecharacteristics are completely normal in a givenreception area, and do not indicate any malfunc-tion in your radio system.

Remember that a moving vehicle is not the idealplace to listen to a radio. Because of the move-ment, reception conditions will constantly

change. Buildings, terrain, signal distance andinterference from other vehicles can workagainst ideal reception. Described below aresome of the factors that can affect your radioreception.

FM RADIO RECEPTION

Range: FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30miles (40 to 48 km), with monaural (singlechannel) FM having slightly more range thanstereo FM. External influences may sometimesinterfere with FM station reception even if the FMstation is within 25 miles (40 km). The strengthof the FM signal is directly related to the distancebetween the transmitter and receiver. FM signalsfollow a line-of-sight path, exhibiting many of thesame characteristics as light. For example theywill reflect off objects.

Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves away from

SAA0306

AUDIO SYSTEM


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

a station transmitter, the signals will tend to fadeand/or drift.

Static and flutter: During signal interference frombuildings, large hills or due to antenna position,usually in conjunction with increased distancefrom the station transmitter, static or flutter canbe heard. This can be reduced by adjusting thetreble control counterclockwise to reduce trebleresponse.

Multipath reception: Because of the reflectivecharacteristics of FM signals, direct and re-flected signals reach the receiver at the sametime. The signals may cancel each other, result-ing in momentary flutter or loss of sound.

AM RADIO RECEPTIONAM signals, because of their low frequency, canbend around objects and skip along the ground.In addition, the signals can be bounced off theionosphere and bent back to earth. Because ofthese characteristics. AM signals are also sub-ject to interference as they travel from transmitterto receiver.

Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passingthrough freeway underpasses or in areas withmany tall buildings. It can also occur for severalseconds during ionospheric turbulence even inareas where no obstacles exist.

Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electrical

power lines, electric signs and even traffic lights.

SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION

When the satellite radio is first installed or thebattery has been replaced, the satellite radiomay not work properly. This is not a malfunction.Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radioON for satellite radio to receive all of the neces-sary data.

No satellite radio reception is available and “NOSAT” is displayed when the SAT button ispressed, unless optional satellite receiver andantenna were factory installed (late availabilityonly/retrofit unavailable), and an XM orSIRIUSTM satellite radio service subscription isactive.

Satellite radio performance may be effected ifcargo carried on the roof rack blocks the satelliteradio signal.

If possible, do not put cargo over the satelliteradio antenna.

AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS

Cassette player� To maintain good quality sound,NISSAN recommends using cassettetapes of 60 minutes or shorter in length.

� Cassette tapes should be removed from

the player when not in use. Store cas-settes in their protective cases andaway from direct sunlight, heat, dust,moisture and magnetic sources.

� Direct sunlight can cause the cassette tobecome deformed. The use of deformedcassettes may cause the cassette to jamin the player.

� Do not use cassettes with labels whichare peeling and loose. If used, the labelcould jam in the player.

� If a cassette has loose tape, insert apencil through one of the cassette hubsand rewind the tape firmly around thehubs. Loose tape may cause tape jam-ming and wavering sound quality.

� Over a period of time, the playbackhead, capstan and pinch roller may col-lect a tape coating residue as the tape isplayed. This residue accumulation cancause weak or wavering sound, andshould be removed periodically with ahead cleaning tape. If the residue is notremoved periodically, the player mayneed to be disassembled for cleaning.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Compact Disc (CD) player

� Only use high quality 4.7 inches (12 cm)round discs that have the “COMPACTdisc DIGITAL AUDIO” logo on the disc orpackaging.

� During cold weather or rainy days, theplayer may malfunction due to the hu-midity. If this occurs, remove the CD anddehumidify or ventilate the player com-pletely.

� The player may skip while driving onrough roads.

� The CD player sometimes cannot func-tion when the compartment tempera-ture is extremely high. Decrease thetemperature before use.

� Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight.

� CDs that are of poor quality, dirty,scratched, covered with fingerprints, orthat have pin holes may not work prop-erly.

� The following CDs may not work prop-erly:

• Copy control compact discs (CCCD)

• Recordable compact discs (CD-R)

• Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)

� Do not use the following CDs as theymay cause the CD player to malfunction.

• 3.1 in (8 cm) discs with an adapter

• CDs that are not round

• CDs with a paper label

• CDs that are warped, scratched, orhave abnormal edges

SAA0480


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

1. SEEK/APS REW, APS FF/TRACKCHANGE button

2. CD slot

3. Station and preset (FM/AM/SAT)/CDinsert/eject or CD play (Type B only) selectbutton

4. A.B.C. preset select button

5. CD EJECT button

6. RADIO TUNE/FF⋅REW button

7. ON⋅OFF/VOLUME control knob

8. “PAUSE/MUTE” button

9. “FM” band select button (Type A)

10. “AM” band select button (Type A)

11. CD play button

12. “SAT” satellite radio select button

13. Tuning up/down knob and AUDIO (BASS,TREBLE, FADE, and BALANCE, (SSV andNR (Dolby) — Type B only)) knob

14. PROG (program)/RPT (repeat) play button

15. FM-AM band select button (Type B)

16. TAPE play button

17. TAPE EJECT button

SAA0650

SAA0651


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

18. CD LOAD button (Type B only)

FM-AM-SAT RADIO WITHCASSETTE PLAYER ANDCOMPACT DISC (CD) PLAYER(TYPE A)/CD CHANGER (TYPE B)


Audio main operationThe tape deck employs a permalloy head whichallows for improved reproduction of high fre-quency ranges. Noise is also greatly reduced bythe combined use of the Dolby NR (NoiseReduction) system. The auto loudness circuitenhances the low frequency range automaticallyin both radio reception and tape and CD play-back.

ON⋅OFF/Volume control:

Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON, and thenpush the ON⋅OFF/Volume control knob whilethe system is off to call up the mode (radio, tapeor CD) which was playing immediately beforethe system was turned off. When no CD or tape

is loaded, the radio will come on. While thesystem is on, pushing the ON⋅OFF/Volume con-trol knob turns the system off.

To turn the radio off, press the Power/Volumecontrol knob.

Turn the ON⋅OFF/Volume control knob to adjustthe volume.

This vehicle has Speed Sensitive control Vol-ume (SSV) for audio (type B only). The audiovolume changes as the driving speed changes.

AUDIO knob (BASS, TREBLE, FADE,BALANCE, (SSV and NR (Dolby) — type Bonly)):

Press the AUDIO knob to change the selectingmode as follows.

BASS → TREBLE → FADE → BALANCE →SSV (type B only) → NR (when cassette playingtype B only)

To adjust BASS, Treble, Fader and Balance,press the AUDIO knob until the desired modeBASS, TREBLE, FADE or BALANCE appears inthe display. Turn the Tuning knob to adjust Bassand Treble to the desired level. Use the Tuningknob also to adjust Fader or Balance modes.Fader adjusts the sound level between the frontand rear speakers and Balance adjusts thesound between the right and left speakers.

To change the SSV mode to OFF, LOW, MID orHIGH, turn the Tuning knob to right or left. (typeB only).

To change the NR (Dolby) mode to OFF or ON,turn the Tuning knob to right or left while cas-sette tape is playing. When Dolby is ON, thedisplay indicates the mark.

Dolby noise reduction manufactured under li-cense from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Cor-poration. Dolby NR and the double-D symbol“ ” are trademarks of Dolby LaboratoriesLicensing Corporation.

After 10 seconds, the radio, cassette tape or CDdisplay reappears. Once the sound quality is setto the desired level, press the AUDIO buttonrepeatedly until the radio, cassette tape or CDdisplay appears.

Display CD text:

To indicate the CD mode text, push the AUDIOknob during CD playing.

Track title → Disc title → BASS → TREBLE →FADE → BALANCE → SSV → Display mode

To change the indicated text in display mode,turn the tuning knob within 2 seconds.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

The text will change as follows:

Display satellite radio text:

To indicate the satellite mode text, push theAUDIO knob during satellite radio play.

Artist → Title → BASS → TREBLE → FADE →BALANCE → SSV → Display mode

To change the indicated text in display mode,turn the tuning knob within 2 seconds.

Pause/mute button:

To mute or pause the audio sound, push thePAUSE/MUTE button.

To release the mute or pause, push the buttonagain.

FM-AM-SAT radio operationor SAT FM/AM/SAT radio

select:

Pushing the FM/AM (Type B), FM, AM (Type A)or SAT band select button will change the bandas follows:

AM ↔ FM or SAT (Satellite)

When FM/AM/SAT radio select button ispushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC orON, the radio will come on at the station lastplayed.

The last station played will also come on whenthe power knob is turned to ON.


If a compact disc or tape is playing when theFM/AM/SAT radio select button is turned to ON,the compact disc or tape will automatically beturned off and the last radio station played willcome on.

The FM stereo indicator ST will glow during FMstereo reception. When the stereo broadcastsignal is weak, the radio will automaticallychange from stereo to monaural reception.

TUNE (Tuning):

WARNING

The radio should not be tuned whiledriving so full attention may be given tovehicle operation.

To tune the radio, push the RADIO TUNE button( or ) or turn the Tuning knob to rightor left.

Use these buttons for manual tuning. To movequickly through the channels, hold either of theRADIO TUNE buttons down for more than 1.5seconds.

SEEK/SCAN tuning:

Push the SEEK button or for lessthan 1.5 seconds, to tune from high to low or lowto high frequencies and stops at the next broad-casting station.

Push the or SEEK button for morethan 1.5 seconds to tune from low to highfrequencies and stops at each broadcastingstation for 5 seconds. Pushing the button againduring this 5 seconds period will stop SCANtuning and the radio will remain tuned to thatstation.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

If the SEEK button is not pushed within 5seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next sta-tion.

Station memory operations:

Eighteen (18) stations can be set for the FM, AMand SAT band to the A, B and C preset button.

1. Choose preset channel A, B or C using thepreset select button.

2. Tune to the desired station using the SEEK,SCAN or TUNE button and keep pushing anyof the desired station memory buttons (1 to6) until a beep sound is heard. (The radiomutes when the select button is pushed.)

3. The channel indicator will then come on andthe sound will resume. Memorizing is nowcomplete.

4. Other buttons can be set in the same manner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuseblows, the radio memory will be cancelled. Inthat case, reset the desired stations.

Radio data system (RDS):

RDS stands for Radio Data System, and is adata information service transmitted by someradio stations on the FM band (not AM band)and/or SATELLITE band encoded within a regu-lar radio broadcast. Currently, most RDS sta-

tions are in large cities, but many stations arenow considering broadcasting RDS data.

RDS can display:

� Station call sign, such as “WHFR 98.3”.

� Station name, such as “The Groove”.

� Music or programming type such as “Classi-cal”, “Country”, or “Rock”.

� Traffic reports about delays or construction.

If the station broadcasts RDS information, theRDS icon is displayed.

Program type (PTY) (Category(CAT)):

When PROG/RPT button is pressed for morethan 1.5 seconds during FM (SAT) mode, thePTY (CAT) name of the current tuned station isdisplayed. During this time if the PTY (CAT) datacode is zero, or the data is unreadable; thedisplay will show NONE.

1. PTY (CAT) selection mode

PTY (CAT) name selection can be done bythe up/down TUNE button or inthe PTY (CAT) selection mode.

It is possible to shift the PTY (CAT) name by onestep, with one push of the up/down tuningbutton or .

PTY name selection can also be achieved bypressing the preset buttons.

Initial PTY names are stored in the preset but-tons; but these can be changed by pressing thepreset buttons for less than 1.5 seconds whenthe desired PTY name is in the display.

2. PTY SEEK tuning

After selecting a PTY name, push the SEEKbutton or for less than 0.5 sec-onds within 10 seconds. Tuning to the PTY


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

station will start. If you do not push the SEEKbutton within the 10 second period, the PTYmode will be canceled.

Push the SEEK button for more than 1.5seconds to tune the PTY name station, andstop at each broadcasting station for 5 sec-onds. Pushing the button again during this 5second period will stop SCAN tuning and theradio will remain tuned to that station. If theSEEK button is not pushed within 5 seconds,SCAN tuning moves to the next station.

Cassette tape player operation(Type B)Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON, and thenlightly insert the cassette tape into the tape door.The cassette tape will be automatically pulledinto the player.

The radio or CD will turn off (if it is on) and thecassette tape will begin to play.

CAUTION

Do not force the cassette tape into thetape door. This could cause player dam-age.

If the system is turned off by pushing the

ON⋅OFF/VOL control knob with the cassettetape still in the player, the tape will resumeplaying when the system is turned back on.

PLAY:

� When the TAPE button is pushed with thesystem turned off and a tape loaded, thesystem will come on and the tape will play.

� When the TAPE button is pushed with eitherthe radio or compact disc turned on and thetape loaded, the compact disc or the radiowill automatically be turned off and the tapewill play.

� When the TAPE button is pushed with theTAPE playing, the tape will play the programrecorded on the reverse side.

FF (Fast Forward), REW(Rewind):

Push the (fast forward) button to fastforward the tape. To rewind the tape, push the

(rewind) button. Either the FF or REWsymbol illuminates on the display window. Tostop the FF or REW function, press the

(fast forward) or (rewind) again, orthe TAPE button.

APS (Automatic ProgramSearch) FF, APS REW:

When the (APS FF) button is pushed for

less than 1.5 seconds while the tape is beingplayed, the next program will start to play fromthe beginning. Push the (APS FF) buttonseveral times to skip through programs. The tapewill advance the number of times the button ispushed (up to nine programs).

When the (APS REW) button is pushedfor less than 1.5 seconds once, the programbeing played starts over from the beginning.Push the (APS REW) button several timesto skip back several selections. The tape will goback the number of times the button is pushed.Either the FF or REW symbol flashes on thedisplay window while searching for the selec-tion.

When pushing the (APS FF) or(APS REW) button for more than 1.5

seconds, each program will play for about 10seconds. To stop playing, push the buttonagain.

This system searches for the blank intervalsbetween selections. If there is a blank intervalwithin one program or there is no interval be-tween programs, the system may not stop in thedesired or expected location.

REPEAT (RPT):

When the PROG/RPT play button is pushedwhile the tape is played, the tape program play is


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

repeated. To stop the repeat play, push thePROG/RPT play button again.

Metal or chrome tape usage:The cassette player will be automatically set tohigh performance play when playing a metal orchrome cassette tape.

TAPE EJECT:

When this button is pushed with the tapeloaded, the tape will be ejected.When the tape is ejected while it is being played,the system will be turned off.

Compact disc (CD) player operation(Type A)Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON positionand insert the compact disc into the slot with thelabel side facing up. The compact disc will beguided automatically into the slot and start play-ing.After loading the disc, the number of tracks onthe disc and the play time will appear on thedisplay.If the radio or tape is already operating, it willautomatically turn off and the compact disc willplay.

CAUTION

Do not force the compact disc into theslot. This could damage the player.

If the system has been turned off while thecompact disc was playing, pushing theON⋅OFF/VOL control knob will start the com-pact disc.

8 cm diameter compact discs can also be usedwithout an adapter.

PLAY:

When the CD button is pushed with the systemoff and the compact disc loaded, the system willturn on and the compact disc will start to play.

When the CD button is pushed with the com-pact disc loaded but the tape or the radioplaying, the tape or radio will automatically beturned off and the compact disc will start to play.


When the (fast forward) or (rewind)button is pushed while the compact disc isbeing played, the compact disc will play whilefast forwarding or rewinding. When the button is

released, the compact disc will return to normalplay speed.


When the (APS FF) button is pushed forless than 1.5 seconds while the compact disc isbeing played, the program next to the presentone will start to play from its beginning. Pushseveral times to skip through programs. Thecompact disc will advance the number of timesthe button is pushed. (When the last program onthe compact disc is skipped through, the firstprogram will be played.) When the (APSREW) button is pushed for less than 1.5 sec-onds, the program being played returns to itsbeginning. Push several times to skip backthrough programs. The compact disc will goback the number of times the button is pushed.


seconds, each track will play for about 10seconds. To stop playing, push the buttonagain.

REPEAT (RPT):

When the PROG/RPT play button is pushedwhile the compact disc is being played, the playpattern can be changed as follows:


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

CD EJECT:

When the CD EJECT button is pushed with thecompact disc loaded, the compact disc will beejected.

When this button is pushed while the compactdisc is being played, the compact disc will comeout and the system will turn off.

If the compact disc comes out and is notremoved, it will be pulled back into the slotto protect it. (except 8 cm diameter com-pact discs)

CD IN indicator:

CD IN indicator appears on the display when theCD is loaded with the system on.

Compact disc (CD) changeroperation (Type B)Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON positionand insert the compact disc into the slot with thelabel side facing up. The compact disc will beguided automatically into the slot and start play-ing. To insert the disc, first push the LOADbutton.After loading the disc, the number of tracks on

the disc and the play time will appear on thedisplay.If the radio or tape is already operating, it willautomatically turn off and the compact disc willplay.

CAUTION

Do not force the compact disc into theslot. This could damage the player.

If the system has been turned off while thecompact disc was playing, pushing theON⋅OFF/VOL control knob will start the com-pact disc.

button:

To insert a CD in the CD changer, push theLOAD button for less than 1.5 seconds. Selectthe loading slot by pushing the CD insert selectbutton (1 to 6), then insert the CD.

To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer, push theLOAD button for more than 1.5 seconds.

The inserted slot numbers will illuminate on thedisplay.

PLAY:

When the CD button is pushed with the system

off and the compact disc loaded, the system willturn on and the compact disc will start to play.

When the CD button is pushed with the com-pact disc loaded with the tape or the radioplaying, the tape or radio will automatically beturned off and the compact disc will start to play.


When the (fast forward) or (rewind)button is pushed while the compact disc isbeing played, the compact disc will play whilefast forwarding or rewinding. When the button isreleased, the compact disc will return to normalplay speed.


When the (APS FF) button is pushed forless than 1.5 seconds while the compact disc isbeing played, the program next to the presentone will start to play from its beginning. Pushseveral times to skip through programs. Thecompact disc will advance the number of timesthe button is pushed. (When the last program onthe compact disc is skipped through, the firstprogram will be played.) When the (APSREW) button is pushed for less than 1.5 sec-onds, the program being played returns to itsbeginning. Push several times to skip backthrough programs. The compact disc will go


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

back the number of times the button is pushed.


seconds, each track will play for about 10seconds. To stop playing, push the buttonagain.

CD PLAY button:

To change CD, push the CD play select button(1 to 6). You can select if the CD is inserted.

REPEAT (RPT):

When the PROG/RPT play button is pushedwhile the compact disc is played, the playpattern can be changed as follows:

CD EJECT:

When the CD EJECT button is pushed with thecompact disc loaded, the compact disc will beejected.

To eject the selected discs by the EJECT button,push it for less than 1.5 seconds.

To eject all the discs, push the EJECT button formore than 1.5 seconds.

When this button is pushed while the compact

disc is being played, the compact disc will comeout and the system will turn off.

If the compact disc comes out and is notremoved, it will be pulled back into the slotto protect it. (except 8 cm diameter com-pact discs)

CD IN indicator:

CD IN indicator appears on the display when theCD is loaded with the system on.

CD CARE AND CLEANING� Handle a CD by its edges. Never touch the

surface of the disc. Do not bend the disc.� Always place the discs in the storage case

when they are not being used.� To clean a disc, wipe the surface from the

center to the outer edge using a clean, softcloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circularmotion.Do not use a conventional record cleaner oralcohol intended for industrial use.

� A new disc may be rough on its inner andouter edges. Remove the rough edges usingthe side of a pen or pencil as illustrated.

SAA0451


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

STEERING SWITCH FOR AUDIOCONTROL (if so equipped)

The audio system can be operated using thecontrols on the steering wheel.

POWER on/off switchWith the ignition key turned to the ACC or ONposition, push the POWER switch to turn theaudio system on or off.

MODE select switchPush the mode select switch to change themode in the sequence of FM, AM, SAT, CD andTape.

Volume control switchesPush the volume control switch to increase ordecrease the volume.

TuningMemory change (radio):

Push the tuning switch or for lessthan 1.5 seconds to change the radio frequency.

Seek tuning (radio):

Push the tuning switch or for morethan 1.5 seconds to seek the next or previousradio station.

APS (Automatic Program Search) FF,APS REW (tape and CD):

Push the tuning switch or for less1.5 seconds to return to the beginning of thepresent program or skip to the next program.Push several times to skip back or skip throughprograms.

This system searches for the blank intervalsbetween selections. If there is a blank intervalwithin one program or there is no interval be-tween programs, the system may not stop in thedesired or expected location.

FF REW (tape or CD):

Push the tuning switch or for morethan 1.5 seconds to rewind or fast forward thetape or to change the playing disc up or down.

To stop the FF or REW function, press theor button for less than 1.5 seconds

again.

SAA0567


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

ANTENNA

Placing the antenna

You can adjust the antenna to three differentpositions manually.

Removing the antennaYou can remove the antenna if necessary.

Hold the bottom of the antenna and remove byturning counterclockwise.

CAUTION

� Be sure that antenna is removed be-fore the vehicle enters an automaticcar wash.

� Be sure to fold down the antennabefore the vehicle enters a garagewith a low ceiling.

When installing a CB, ham radio or car phone inyour NISSAN, be sure to observe the followingcautions, otherwise the new equipment mayadversely affect the Engine control system andother electronic parts.

WARNING

� A cellular telephone should not beused while driving so full attentionmay be given to vehicle operation.Some jurisdictions prohibit the useof cellular telephones while driving.

� If you must make a call while yourvehicle is in motion, the hands freecellular phone operational mode (ifso equipped) is highly recommended.Exercise extreme caution at all timesso full attention may be given tovehicle operation.

� If a conversation in a moving vehiclerequires you to take notes, pull offthe road to a safe location and stopyour vehicle before doing so.

SAA0532

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

CAUTION

� Keep the antenna as far as possibleaway from the Engine Control Mod-ule (ECM).

� Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in(20 cm) away from the Multiport FuelInjection harness. Do not route theantenna wire next to any harness.

� Adjust the antenna standing-waveratio as recommended by the manu-facturer.

� Connect the ground wire from the CBradio chassis to the body.

� For details, consult a NISSAN dealer.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving ............................. 5-2Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide) .................................. 5-2Three way catalyst ........................................................... 5-3Low tire pressure warning system (if soequipped) ........................................................................... 5-3Avoiding collision and rollover ...................................... 5-4On-pavement and offroad driving precautions(AWD)................................................................................. 5-5Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving.............................. 5-5Driving safety precautions.............................................. 5-5

Ignition switch......................................................................... 5-8Key positions..................................................................... 5-8Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System............................. 5-9

Before starting the engine................................................... 5-9Starting the engine ............................................................. 5-10Driving the vehicle............................................................... 5-10

CVT (Continuously Variable Transmission)............. 5-10Parking brake........................................................................ 5-14Cruise control (if so equipped)........................................ 5-14

Precautions on cruise control .................................... 5-14Cruise control operations ............................................ 5-15

Break-in schedule ............................................................... 5-16Increasing fuel economy.................................................... 5-17Using all wheel drive (AWD) (if so equipped)............. 5-17

AWD lock switch operations...................................... 5-18AWD warning light........................................................ 5-19

Parking/parking on hills...................................................... 5-20Power steering ..................................................................... 5-21Brake system........................................................................ 5-21

Braking precautions ...................................................... 5-21Anti-lock brake system (ABS).................................... 5-22

Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system (if soequipped) .............................................................................. 5-23Cold weather driving .......................................................... 5-24

Freeing a frozen door lock .......................................... 5-24Anti-freeze ....................................................................... 5-24Battery .............................................................................. 5-24Draining of coolant water ............................................ 5-24Tire equipment................................................................ 5-25Special winter equipment............................................ 5-25Driving on snow or ice ................................................. 5-25Engine block heater (if so equipped)....................... 5-26

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

WARNING

� Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the supportof others alone in your vehicle. Petsshould not be left alone either. Theycould accidentally injure themselvesor others through inadvertent opera-tion of the vehicle. Also, on hot,sunny days, temperatures in a closedvehicle could quickly become highenough to cause severe or possiblyfatal injuries to people or animals.


EXHAUST GAS (Carbon monoxide)

WARNING

Do not breathe exhaust gases; they con-

tain colorless and odorless carbon mon-oxide. Carbon monoxide is dangerous.It can cause unconsciousness or death.

� If you suspect that exhaust fumes areentering the vehicle, drive with allwindows fully open, and have thevehicle inspected immediately.

� Do not run the engine in closedspaces such as a garage.

� Do not park the vehicle with the en-gine running for any extended lengthof time.

� Keep the back door closed while driv-ing, otherwise exhaust gases couldbe drawn into the passenger com-partment. If you must drive with theback door open, follow these precau-tions:

1. Open all the windows.

2. Set the air recirculation switchOFF and the fan control at 4 (high)to circulate the air.

� If electrical wiring or other cable con-

nections must pass to a trailerthrough the seal on the back door orthe body, follow the manufacturer’srecommendation to prevent carbonmonoxide entry into the vehicle.

� If a special body or other equipmentis added for recreational or otherusage, follow the manufacturer’s rec-ommendation to prevent carbonmonoxide entry into the vehicle.(Some recreational vehicle appli-ances such as stoves, refrigerator,heaters, etc. may also generate car-bon monoxide.)

� The exhaust system and body shouldbe inspected by a qualified mechanicwhenever:

a. The vehicle is raised for service.

b. You suspect that exhaust fumesare entering into the passengercompartment.

c. You notice a change in the soundof the exhaust system.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTINGAND DRIVING

5-2 Starting and driving

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

d. You have had an accident involv-ing damage to the exhaust system,underbody, or rear of the vehicle.

THREE WAY CATALYSTThe three way catalyst is an emission controldevice installed in the exhaust system. Exhaustgases in the converter are burned at high tem-peratures to help reduce pollutants.

WARNING

� The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys-tem are very hot. Keep people, ani-mals or flammable materials awayfrom the exhaust system compo-nents.

� Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. They mayignite and cause a fire.

CAUTION

� Do not use leaded gasoline. Depositsfrom leaded gasoline seriously re-duce the three way catalyst’s abilityto help reduce exhaust pollutants.

� Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunc-tions in the ignition, fuel injection, orelectrical systems can cause overrichfuel flow into the three way catalyst,causing it to overheat. Do not keepdriving if the engine misfires, or ifnoticeable loss of performance orother unusual operating conditionsare detected. Have the vehicle in-spected promptly by a NISSANdealer.

� Avoid driving with an extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, damag-ing the three way catalyst.

� Do not race the engine while warm-ing it up.

� Do not push or tow your vehicle tostart the engine.

LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNINGSYSTEM (if so equipped)This vehicle is equipped with the low tire pres-sure warning system, which displays pressure ofall tires (except the spare tire) on the displayscreen by sending a signal from a sensor that isinstalled in each wheel.

The low tire pressure warning system will acti-vate only when the vehicle is driven at speedsabove 20 MPH (32 km/h). Also, this system maynot detect a sudden drop in tire pressure (forexample, a flat tire while driving).

Frequently check the tire pressure informationdisplay on the display screen and adjust pres-sure of each tire properly. (The order of the tirepressure figures displayed on the screen doesnot correspond with the actual order of the tireposition.) See “Tire pressure information” in the“4. Display screen, heater, air conditioner andaudio systems” section for tire pressure monitor.

LOW TIRE PRESSURE warningIf the vehicle is being driven with a low tirepressure (lower than 27 psi, 190 kPa), the lowtire pressure warning light comes on, and thechime sounds for about 10 seconds.

Starting and driving 5-3

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

WARNING

� If the low tire pressure warning lightcomes ON while driving, avoid sud-den steering maneuvers or abruptbraking, reduce vehicle speed, pulloff the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possible.Serious vehicle damage could occurand may lead to an accident andcould result in serious personal in-jury. Check the pressure for all fourtires and adjust the pressure to theCOLD tire pressure shown on the tireplacard. If you have a flat tire, replaceit with a spare tire as soon as pos-sible. (See “Flat tire” in the “6. Incase of emergency” section forchanging a flat tire.)

� When a spare tire is mounted or awheel is replaced, the tire pressure ofthat tire will not be indicated and notbe monitored by the low tire pressurewarning system. Contact yourNISSAN dealer as soon as possible

for tire replacement and/or systemresetting.

� Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pres-sure sensors.

CAUTION

Do not place metalized film or any metalparts (antenna, etc.) on the windows.This may cause poor reception of thesignals from the tire pressure sensors,and the low tire pressure warning sys-tem will not function properly.

FCC Notice:Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the manufacturer compliancecould void the user’s authority to operatethe equipment.

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of IndustryCanada.

Operation is subject to the following two

conditions: (1) This device may not causeharmful interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference received, in-cluding interference that may cause undes-ired operation of the device.

AVOIDING COLLISION ANDROLLOVER

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in a safeand prudent manner may result in lossof control or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times. Obeyall traffic regulations. Avoid excessive speed,high speed cornering, or sudden steering ma-neuvers, because these driving practices couldcause you to lose control of your vehicle. Aswith any vehicle, a loss of control couldresult in a collision with other vehicles orobjects, or cause the vehicle to rollover,particularly if the loss of control causes thevehicle to slide sideways. Be attentive at alltimes, and avoid driving when tired. Never drivewhen under the influence of alcohol or drugs(including prescription or over-the-counterdrugs which may cause drowsiness). Alwayswear your seat belt. See “Seat belts” in the “1.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag sys-tems” section. Also instruct your passengers todo so.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury incollisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, anunbelted person is significantly more likelyto die than a person wearing a seat belt.

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFFROADDRIVING PRECAUTIONS (AWD)

Utility vehicles have a significantly higherrollover rate than other types of vehicles.

They have higher ground clearance than passen-ger cars to make them capable of performing ina variety of on-pavement and offroad applica-tions. This gives them a higher center of gravitythan ordinary cars. An advantage of higherground clearance is a better view of the road,allowing you to anticipate problems. However,they are not designed for cornering at the samespeeds as conventional two-wheel drive ve-hicles any more than low-slung sports cars aredesigned to perform satisfactorily under offroadconditions. If at all possible, avoid sharp turns orabrupt maneuvers, particularly at high speeds.As with other vehicles of this type, failure tooperate this vehicle correctly may result in lossof control or vehicle rollover.

Be sure to read the driving safety precautionslater in this section.

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS ANDDRIVING

WARNING

Never drive under the influence of alco-hol or drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstreamreduces coordination, delays reactiontime and impairs judgment. Driving afterdrinking alcohol increases the likeli-hood of being involved in an accidentinjuring yourself and others. Addition-ally, if you are injured in the accident,alcohol can increase the severity of theinjury.

NISSAN is committed to safe driving. You mustnot drive under the influence of alcohol. Everyyear thousands of people are injured or killed inalcohol related accidents. Although the locallaws vary on what is considered to be legallyintoxicated, the fact is that alcohol affects allpeople differently and most people underesti-mate the effects of alcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix!

And that’s true for drugs too (over the counter,prescription, and illegal drugs). Don’t drive ifyour ability to operate your vehicle is impaired byalcohol, drugs, or some other physical condition.

DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Please observe the following precautions:

WARNING

� Drive carefully when off the road andavoid dangerous areas. Every personwho drives or rides in this vehicleshould be seated with their seat beltfastened. This will keep you and yourpassengers in position when drivingover rough terrain.

� Before driving up or down grades,check the road surface for bumps orpotholes. Be sure to climb a gentleslope and descend a gentle slope.

� Do not drive across steep slopes.Instead drive either straight up orstraight down the slopes. Off-roadvehicles can tip over sideways muchmore easily than they can forward or


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

backward.

� Many hills are too steep for any ve-hicle. If you drive up them, you maystall. If you drive down them, you maynot be able to control your speed. Ifyou drive across them, you may rollover.

� Do not shift selector lever while driv-ing on downhill grades as this couldcause loss of control of the vehicle.

� Be sure to use the engine brake. Thefoot brake performance may be re-duced, resulting in a possible acci-dent.

� Stay alert when driving to the top of ahill. At the top there could be a drop-off or other hazard that could causean accident.

� If your engine stalls or you cannotmake it to the top of a steep hill,never attempt to turn around. Yourvehicle could tip or roll over. Alwaysback straight down in R (Reverse)range. Never back down in N (Neu-

tral), using only the brake, as thiscould cause loss of control.

� Heavy braking going down a hillcould cause your brakes to overheatand fade, resulting in loss of controland an accident. Apply brakes lightlyand use a low range to control yourspeed.

� Unsecured cargo can be thrownaround when driving over rough ter-rain. Properly secure all cargo so itwill not be thrown forward and causeinjury to you or your passengers.

� To avoid raising the center of gravityexcessively, do not exceed the ratedcapacity of the roof rack (if soequipped) and evenly distribute theload. Secure heavy loads in the cargoarea as far forward and as low aspossible. Do not equip the vehiclewith tires larger than specified in thismanual. This could cause your ve-hicle to roll over.

� Do not grip the inside or spokes of

the steering wheel when driving off-road. The steering wheel could movesuddenly and injure your hands. In-stead drive with your fingers andthumbs on the outside of the rim.

� Before operating the vehicle, ensurethat the driver and all passengershave their seat belts fastened.

� Always drive with the floor mats inplace as the floor may become hot.

� Lower your speed when encounteringstrong crosswinds. With a highercenter of gravity, your NISSAN ismore affected by strong side winds.Slower speeds ensure better vehiclecontrol.

� Do not drive beyond the performanceof the tires, even with AWD engaged.

Accelerating quickly, sharp steeringmaneuvers or sudden braking maycause loss of control.

� If at all possible, avoid sharp turningmaneuvers, particularly at high


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

speeds. Your NISSAN all wheel drivevehicle has a higher center of gravitythan a two wheel drive vehicle. Thevehicle is not designed for corneringat the same speeds as conventionaltwo wheel drive vehicles. Failure tooperate this vehicle correctly couldresult in loss of control and/or a rollover accident.

� Always use tires of the same type,size, brand, construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), and tread pattern onall four wheels. Install tire chains onthe front wheels when driving on slip-pery roads and drive carefully.

� Be sure to check the brakes immedi-ately after driving in mud or water.See “Brake system” later in this sec-tion for wet brakes.

� Avoid parking your vehicle on steephills. If you get out of the vehicle andit rolls forward, backward or side-ways, you could be injured.

� Whenever you drive off-road through

sand, mud or water as deep as thewheel hub, more frequent mainte-nance may be required. See “Peri-odic maintenance” in the “Serviceand Maintenance Guide”.

� Do not drive continuously on sandyor muddy roads with the front wheelsspinning. The AWD warning lightblinks and the driving mode changesto 2WD. This could reduce tractionforce remarkably. Be especially care-ful when towing a trailer. (AWD mod-els)

� Do not use 2-wheel chassis dyna-mometers or 2-wheel free rollers.(AWD models)

� Never operate the accelerator pedalwith the front wheels raised and therear wheels on the ground while jack-ing up or with the front wheels on theroller and the rear wheels on theground. Otherwise, the vehicle couldjump. (AWD models)

� When a wheel is suspended due to

running off the road, do not idle thewheel excessively. (AWD models)

� When the vehicle is on a free roller orthe front or rear wheels are jackedup, do not start the engine. (AWDmodels)


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

On CVT (Continuously Variable Transmission)models, the ignition lock is designed so that thekey cannot be turned to LOCK and removeduntil the selector lever is moved to the P (Park)position.

When removing the key from the ignition, makesure the selector lever is in the P (Park) position.

If the selector lever is not returned to P (Park)position, the key cannot be moved towardLOCK.

When the key cannot be turned toward theLOCK position, proceed as follows to removethe key:

1. Move the selector lever into the P (Park)position.

2. Turn the ignition key slightly in the ON direc-tion.

3. Turn the key toward the LOCK position.

4. Remove the key.

If the key is removed from the ignition switch, theselector lever cannot be moved from P (Park)position. The selector lever can be moved ifthe ignition switch is in the ON positionand the foot brake pedal is depressed.

There is an OFF position in between LOCK andACC, although it does not show on the lockcylinder. When the ignition is in OFF the steeringwheel is not locked.

In order for the steering wheel to be locked, itmust be turned about 1/6 of a turn clockwisefrom the straight up position.

To lock the steering wheel, turn the key tothe LOCK position. Remove the key. Tounlock the steering wheel, insert the keyand turn it gently while rotating the steer-ing wheel slightly right and left.

WARNING

Never remove or turn the key to theLOCK position while driving. The steer-ing wheel will lock. This may cause thedriver to lose control of the vehicle andcould result in serious vehicle damageand/or personal injury.

KEY POSITIONS

The switch includes an anti-theft steering lockdevice.

LOCK (Normal parking position) (0)

The ignition key can only be removed when theswitch is in this position.

OFF (1)

The engine can be turned off without locking thesteering wheel.

ACC (Accessories) (2)

This position activates electrical accessoriessuch as the radio when the engine is not running.

ON (Normal operating position) (3)

SSD0083F

IGNITION SWITCH


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

This position turns on the ignition system and theelectrical accessories.

START (4)

This position activates the starter motor, startingthe engine.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEMThe Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System will notallow the engine to start without the use of theregistered Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer Systemkey.

If the engine fails to start using the registeredNissan Vehicle Immobilizer System key, it may bedue to interference caused by another NissanVehicle Immobilizer System key, an automatedtoll road device or automated payment device onthe key ring. Restart the engine using the follow-ing procedures:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON positionfor approximately 5 seconds.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCKposition and wait approximately 10 seconds.

3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again.

4. Restart the engine while holding the device(which may have caused the interference)separate from the registered Nissan Vehicle

Immobilizer System key.

If this procedure allows the engine to start,NISSAN recommends placing the registeredNissan Vehicle Immobilizer System key on aseparate key ring to avoid interference fromother devices.

� Make sure the area around the vehicle isclear.

� Maintenance items should be checked peri-odically, for example, each time you checkengine oil.

� Check that all windows and lights are clean.

� Visually inspect tires for their appearance andcondition. Also, check tires for proper infla-tion.

� Lock all doors.

� Position seat and adjust head restraints.

� Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

� Adjust the pedal position.

� Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers todo likewise.

� Check the operation of warning lights whenkey is turned to the ON (3) position.

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Move the selector lever to P (Park) or N(Neutral). (P preferred.)

The starter is designed not to operate if theselector lever is in one of the driving posi-tions.

3. Crank the engine with your foot off theaccelerator pedal by turning the ignitionkey to START. Release the key when theengine starts. If the engine starts, but fails torun, repeat the above procedure.

� When the engine is very hard to start inextremely cold weather or when restarting,depress the accelerator pedal a little (ap-proximately 1/5 to the floor) and hold it thencrank the engine. Release the key and theaccelerator pedal when the engine starts.

� When the engine is very hard to start be-cause it is flooded, depress the acceleratorpedal all the way to the floor and hold it.Crank the engine for 5 to 6 seconds. Aftercranking the engine, release the acceleratorpedal. Crank the engine with your foot offthe accelerator pedal by turning the igni-tion key to START. Release the key when theengine starts. If the engine starts, but fails torun, repeat the above procedure.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for more than15 seconds at a time. If the engine doesnot start, turn the key off and wait 10seconds before cranking again, other-wise the starter could be damaged.

4. Warm-up

Allow the engine to idle for at least 30seconds after starting. Drive at moderatespeed for a short distance first, especially incold weather.

CVT (Continuously VariableTransmission)

Gate type shift

The CVT in your vehicle is electronically con-trolled by a transmission control module to pro-duce maximum power and smooth operation.

Shown on the following pages are the recom-mended operating procedures for this transmis-sion. Follow these procedures for maximum ve-hicle performance and driving enjoyment.

Starting the vehicle

After starting the engine, fully depress the footbrake pedal before shifting the selector lever tothe R (Reverse), N (Neutral), D (Drive), S (Sec-ond) or L (Low) position. Be sure the vehicle isfully stopped before attempting to shift the se-lector lever.

This CVT model is designed so that thefoot brake pedal must be depressed be-fore shifting from P (Park) to any driveposition while the ignition switch is ON.

The selector lever cannot be moved out ofP (Park) position and into any of the othershift range if the ignition key is turned tothe LOCK, OFF or ACC position or if thekey is removed from the switch.

STARTING THE ENGINE DRIVING THE VEHICLE


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

1. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed andshift into a driving range.

2. Release the parking brake and foot brake,then gradually start the vehicle in motion.

WARNING

� Do not depress the accelerator pedalwhile shifting from P or N to R, or D.Always depress the brake pedal untilshifting is completed. Failure to doso could cause you to lose controland have an accident.

� Cold engine idle speed is high, so usecaution when shifting into a forwardor reverse range before the enginehas warmed up.

� On slippery roads, do not downshift.This may cause a loss of control.

� Never shift to P or R while vehicle ismoving. This could cause an acci-dent.

CAUTION

When stopping the vehicle on an uphillgrade, do not hold the vehicle by de-pressing the accelerator pedal. The footbrakes should be used for this purpose.

Shifting

After starting the engine, fully depress the brakepedal and shift the selector lever from P (Park) toR (Reverse), D (Drive), or any of the desired shiftpositions.

WARNING

Apply the parking brake if the selectorlever is in any position while the engineis not running. Failure to do so couldcause the vehicle to move unexpectedly

SSD0288


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

or roll away and result in serious per-sonal injury and/or property damage.

If the key is turned to OFF or ACC for any reasonwhile the vehicle is in R (Reverse), N (Neutral), orany D (Drive) position, the key cannot be turnedto LOCK and be removed from the ignitionswitch. Additionally, the selector lever cannot bemoved to R (Reverse) from N (Neutral) or any D(Drive) position. The selector lever can be movedto R (Reverse) from any of the D (Drive) posi-tions within 3 minutes after the ignition switch isturned to the ACC or OFF position. The selectorlever can be moved from R (Reverse) to P (Park)with the key in the OFF or ACC position.If the key cannot be turned to LOCK, perform thefollowing steps:

1. Apply the parking brake when the vehicle isstopped.

2. Turn the key to ON while depressing the footbrake pedal.

3. Move the selector lever to P (Park).

4. Turn the ignition key to LOCK to remove thekey.

P (Park):

Use this selector position when the vehicle is

parked or when starting the engine. Make surethe vehicle is completely stopped. The brakepedal must be depressed to move the se-lector lever from N (Neutral) or any driveposition to P (Park). Apply the parking brake.When parking on a hill, apply the parking brakefirst, then move the lever to the P (Park) position.

CAUTION

Use this position only when the vehicleis completely stopped.

R (Reverse):

Use this position to back up. Always be sure thevehicle is completely stopped when selecting R(Reverse). The brake pedal must be de-pressed to move the selector lever from P(Park) to R (Reverse).

The selector lever can be moved to R (Reverse)from any of the D (Drive) positions within 3minutes after the ignition switch is turned to theACC or OFF position.

N (Neutral):

Neither forward or reverse is engaged. Theengine can be started in this position. You mayshift to N (Neutral) and restart a stalled engine

while the vehicle is moving.

D (Drive):

Use this position for all normal forward driving.

S (Second):

Use this position for the improved engine brak-ing.

L (Low):

Use this position for maximum engine braking onsteep downhill gradients/climbing steep slopesand whenever approaching sharp bends. Do notuse the L position in any other circumstances.

Shift from the D to S or L position after releasingthe accelerator pedal.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Shift lock release

If the battery charge is low or discharged, theselector lever may not be moved from the P(Park) position even with the brake pedal de-pressed.

To move the selector lever, depress the brakepedal, remove the cover using a suitable tool andpush the shift lock release button. The selectorlever can be moved to N (Neutral). This allowsthe vehicle to be moved if the battery is dis-charged.

If the selector lever cannot be moved out of P(Park), have your NISSAN dealer check the CVT

system as soon as possible.

Accelerator downshift— In D position —

For rapid passing or hill climbing, fully depressthe accelerator pedal to the floor. This shifts thetransmission down into lower range, dependingon the vehicle speed.

High fluid temperature protectionmodeThis transmission has a high fluid temperatureprotection mode. If the fluid temperature be-comes too high (for example, when climbingsteep grades in high temperature with heavyloads, such as when towing a trailer), enginepower and, under some conditions, vehiclespeed will be decreased automatically to reducethe chance of transmission damage. Vehiclespeed can be controlled with the acceleratorpedal, but the vehicle may not accelerate aboveapproximately 40 to 50 MPH (65 to 80 km/h).

Fail-safeIf the vehicle is driven under extreme con-ditions, such as excessive wheel spinningand subsequent hard braking, the fail-safesystem may be activated. The MIL maycome on to indicate the fail-safe mode isactivated, see “Malfunction indicator lamp

(MIL)” in the “2. Instrument and controls”section. This will occur even if all electricalcircuits are functioning properly. In thiscase, turn the ignition key OFF and wait for3 seconds. Then turn the key back to theON position. The vehicle should return toits normal operating condition. If it doesnot return to its normal operating condi-tion, have your NISSAN dealer check thetransmission and repair if necessary.

WARNING

When the high fluid temperature protec-tion mode or fail-safe operation occurs,vehicle speed may be gradually re-duced. On highways, the reduced speedmay be lower than other traffic whichcould increase the chance of a collision.Be especially careful when driving. Ifnecessary, pull to the side of the road ata safe place and allow the transmissionto return to normal operation, or have itrepaired if necessary.

SSD0290


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

To apply: Fully depress the parking brake pedal.

To release:

1. Firmly apply the foot brake.

2. Depress the parking brake pedal and theparking brake will be released.

3. Before driving, be sure the brake warninglight goes out.

WARNING

� Be sure the parking brake is fullyreleased before driving. Failure to doso can cause brake failure and leadto an accident.

� Do not release the parking brakefrom outside the vehicle.

� Do not use the gear shift in place ofthe parking brake. When parking, besure the parking brake is fully en-gaged.

� Do not leave children unattended in avehicle. They could release the park-ing brake and cause an accident.

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control when driv-ing under the following conditions:

� it is not possible to keep the vehicleat a set speed.

� in heavy traffic or in traffic that variesin speed.

� on winding or hilly roads.

� on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,etc.).

� in very windy areas.

Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISECONTROL

� If the cruise control system malfunctions, itcancels automatically. The SET indicator lighton the meter panel then blinks to warn thedriver.

� If the SET indicator light blinks, turn thecruise control main switch off and have thesystem checked by your NISSAN dealer.

SPA1286B

PARKING BRAKE CRUISE CONTROL (if soequipped)


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

� The SET indicator light may blink when thecruise control main switch is turned on whilepushing the ACCEL/RES, COAST/SET, orCANCEL switch (located on the steeringwheel). To properly set the cruise controlsystem, perform the preceding steps in theorder indicated.

1. ACCEL or RESUME switch

2. COAST or SET switch

3. ON/OFF switch

4. CANCEL switch

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS

The cruise control allows driving at a speedbetween 25 to 89 MPH (40 to 144 km/h)without keeping your foot on the acceleratorpedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push the mainswitch on. The CRUISE indicator light on themeter panel will come on.

To set at cruising speed, accelerate yourvehicle to the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it. (The SETindicator light will come on.) Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will maintainthe set speed.

� To pass another vehicle, depress the ac-celerator pedal. When you release the pedal,the vehicle will return to the previously setspeed.

� The vehicle may not maintain the set speedwhen going up or down steep hills. If thishappens, drive without the cruise control.

To cancel the preset speed, follow either ofthese three methods:

a) Push the cancel switch; The SET indicatorlight will go out.

b) Tap the brake pedal; The SET indicator lightwill go out.

c) Turn the main switch off. Both the CRUISEindicator and SET indicator lights will go out.

� If you depress the brake pedal while pushingthe ACCEL/RES set switch and reset at thecruising speed, turn the main switch off onceand then turn it on again.

� The cruise control will automatically be can-celled if the vehicle slows down below ap-

SSD0297


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

proximately 8 MPH (13 km/h).

� Move the selector lever to N (Neutral) posi-tion. The SET indicator light will go out.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods:

a) Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push andrelease the COAST/SET switch.

b) Push and hold the ACCEL/RES set switch.When the vehicle attains the speed youdesire, release the switch.

c) Push, then quickly release the ACCEL/RESset switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will increase by about 1 MPH (1.6km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods:

a) Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicleattains the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it.

b) Push and hold the COAST/SET switch. Re-lease the switch when the vehicle slowsdown to the desired speed.

c) Push, then quickly release the COAST/SET switch. Each time you do this, the set

speed will decrease by about 1 MPH (1.6km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and re-lease the RES/ACCEL set switch. The vehiclewill resume the last set cruising speed when thevehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h).

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km), followthese recommendations to obtain maximum en-gine performance and ensure the future reliabilityand economy of your new vehicle. Failure tofollow these recommendations may result inshortened engine life and reduced engine per-formance.

� Avoid driving for long periods at constantspeed, either fast or slow. Do not run theengine over 4,000 rpm.

� Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear.

� Avoid quick starts.

� Avoid hard braking as much as possible.

� Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles(800 km).

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

� Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Maintaincruising speeds with a constant acceleratorposition.

� Drive at moderate speeds on the highway.Driving at high speed will lower fuel economy.

� Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking.Maintain a safe distance behind other ve-hicles.

� Use a proper gear range which suits roadconditions. On level roads, shift into high gearas soon as possible.

� Avoid unnecessary engine idling.

� Keep your engine tuned up.

� Follow the recommended periodic mainte-nance schedule.

� Keep the tires inflated at the correct pres-sure. Low pressure will increase tire wear andwaste fuel.

� Keep the front wheels in correct alignment.Improper alignment will cause not only tirewear but also lower fuel economy.

� Air conditioner operation lowers fueleconomy. Use the air conditioner only whennecessary.

� When cruising at highway speeds, it is moreeconomical to use the air conditioner and

leave the windows closed to reduce drag.

SSD0292

INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY USING ALL WHEEL DRIVE (AWD)(if so equipped)


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

AWD LOCK SWITCH OPERATIONS

The AWD system is used to select AUTO, LOCK depending on the driving conditions.

AWD system electronically controls the coupling.

Push the AWD LOCK switch to move between each mode AUTO and LOCK, depending on drivingconditions.

AWD LOCKswitch

Wheel drivenAWD LOCKindicatorlight

Use conditions

AUTO (OFF)

Distribution of torque to the front andrear wheels changes automatically,depending on road conditions en-countered [100:0]↔[50:50].This results in improved driving stabil-ity.

Goes off. For driving on paved or slippery roads

LOCK (ON) *1 ALL wheel drive AWD LOCK For driving on rough roads

*1 LOCK mode will change to AUTO mode automatically, when the vehicle is accelerated or the vehicle speed isover approximately 19 MPH (30 km/h). The AWD LOCK indicator light does not go off.

� If the AWD LOCK switch is operated while accelerating or decelerating, or if the key switch isturned off while in the AUTO or LOCK position, you may feel a jerk. This is normal.

� The oil temperature of power train parts will increase if the vehicle is continuously operated underconditions where the difference in rotation between the front and rear wheels is large (wheel slip)such as when driving the vehicle on rough roads through sand, mud or freeing a stuck vehicle. Inthese cases, the AWD warning light blinks rapidly and the AWDmode changes to 2WD to protectthe power train parts. If you stop driving with the engine idling and wait until the warning light stopsblinking, the AWD returns to the AUTO mode.

WARNING

� Do not start engine while in theAUTO or LOCK mode in the followingcases:When on free roller or jacking up thefront tire with the rear tires on theground.

� When driving straight, shift the AWDlock switch to AUTO or LOCK. Do notoperate the AWD lock switch whenmaking a turn or reversing.

� Do not operate the AWD lock switch(AUTO and LOCK) with the frontwheel spinning.

� Engine idling speed is high whilewarming up the engine. Be especiallycareful when starting or driving onslippery surfaces with the AWD lockswitch set in OFF (AUTO).

� When turning the vehicle in LOCKmode on paved roads, you may feel abraking effect. This is a normal con-dition of the AWD model.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

AWD WARNING LIGHT

The AWD warning light is located in the meter.

The AWD warning light comes on when the keyswitch is turned to ON. It turns off soon after theengine is started.

If any malfunction occurs in the AWD systemwhen the key switch is ON, the warning light willremain illuminated.

High-temperature power-train oil due to continu-ous operation of the vehicle to free a stuckvehicle makes the warning light blink rapidly(about twice per second). The driving mode maychange to 2 wheel drive. AUTO mode maychange to LOCK mode before the warning lightblinks. This is normal. If the warning light blinksrapidly during operation, stop the vehicle withthe engine idling in a safe place immediately.Then if the light goes off after a while, you cancontinue driving.

A large difference between the diameters offront and rear wheels will make the warning lightblink slowly (about once per two seconds). Pulloff the road in a safe area, and idle the engine.Check that all tire sizes are the same, tirepressure is correct and tires are not worn.

CAUTION

� Do not operate the engine on the freeroller with the front wheels raised.

� If the warning light comes on while

driving, AUTO mode will be changedto 2 wheel drive mode. Reduce thevehicle speed and have your vehiclechecked by a NISSAN dealer as soonas possible.

� When the warning light comes on,the 2 wheel drive may be engagedeven if the driving mode is in AUTO orLOCK. Be especially careful whendriving.

� Never drive on dry hard surface roadsin the LOCK mode, as this will over-load the power-train and may cause aserious malfunction.

� If the warning light is still on after theabove operation, have your vehiclechecked by a NISSAN dealer as soonas possible.

� The power-train may be damaged ifyou continue driving with the warninglight blinking rapidly.

SSD0314A


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

WARNING

� Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. They mayignite and cause a fire.

� Never leave the engine running whilethe vehicle is unattended.

� Never leave children unattended inthe vehicle.

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

2. Move the selector lever to the P (Park) posi-tion.

WARNING

� Safe parking procedures require thatboth the parking brake be set and thetransmission placed into P (Park).Failure to do so could cause the ve-hicle to move unexpectedly or rollaway and result in an accident.

� Make sure the selector lever hasbeen pushed as far forward as it cango and cannot be moved without de-pressing the button at the end of thelever.

3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling intothe street when parked on a sloping driveway, it is a good practice to turn the wheelsas illustrated.

� HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: �1Turn the wheels into the curb and move thevehicle forward until the curb side wheelgently touches the curb.

MSD0002

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

� HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: �2Turn the wheels away from the curb andmove the vehicle back until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

� HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NOCURB: �3Turn the wheels toward the side of the roadso the vehicle will move away from the centerof the road if it moves.

4. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK positionand remove the key.

The power assisted steering is designed to usea hydraulic pump, driven by the engine, to assiststeering.

If the engine stops or drive belt breaks, you willstill have control of the vehicle. However, muchgreater steering effort is needed, especially insharp turns or at low speeds.

WARNING

If the engine is not running or is turnedoff while driving, the power assist forthe steering will not work. Steering willbe much harder to operate.

BRAKING PRECAUTIONS

The brake system has two separate hydrauliccircuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will stillhave braking at two wheels.

Vacuum assisted brake

The brake booster aids braking by using enginevacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop thevehicle by depressing the brake pedal. However,greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will berequired to stop the vehicle and the stoppingdistance will be longer.

Wet brakes

When the vehicle is washed or driven throughwater, the brakes may get wet. As a result, yourbraking distance will be longer and the vehiclemay pull to one side during braking.

To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe speedwhile lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat-upthe brakes. Do this until the brakes return tonormal. Avoid driving the vehicle at high speedsuntil the brakes function correctly.

Using the brakes

Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal whiledriving. This overheats the brakes, increaseswear on the brake linings and pads, and reducesgas mileage.

POWER STEERING BRAKE SYSTEM


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

To help save the brakes and to prevent thebrakes from overheating, reduce speed anddownshift to a lower gear before going down aslope or long grade. Overheated brakes mayreduce braking performance and could result inloss of vehicle control.

WARNING

� While driving on a slippery surface,be careful when braking, accelerat-ing or downshifting. Abrupt brakingor accelerating could cause thewheels to skid and result in an acci-dent.

� If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the brakes will not work.Braking will be harder.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)

The anti-lock brake system controls the brakesat each wheel so the wheels will not lock whenbraking abruptly or when braking on slipperysurfaces. The system detects the rotation speedat each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressureto prevent each wheel from locking and sliding.

By preventing wheel lockup, the system helpsthe driver maintain steering control and helps tominimize swerving and spinning on slippery sur-faces.

Using the system

Depress the brake pedal and hold it down.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing somay result in increased stopping dis-tances.

Normal operation

The anti-lock brake system will not operate atspeeds below 3 to 6 MPH (5 to 10 km/h) tocompletely stop the vehicle. (The speeds willvary according to road conditions.) When theanti-lock system senses that one or more wheelsare close to locking up, the actuator (under thehood) rapidly applies and releases hydraulicpressure (like pumping the brakes very quickly).While the actuator is working, you may feel apulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise orvibration from the actuator under the hood. Thisis normal and indicates that the anti-lock systemis working properly. However, the pulsation may

indicate that road conditions are hazardous andextra care is required while driving.

Self-test feature

The anti-lock brake system consists of electronicsensors, electric pumps, and hydraulic solenoidscontrolled by a computer. The computer has abuilt-in diagnostic feature that tests the systemeach time you start the engine and move thevehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse.When the self-test occurs, you may hear a clunknoise and/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal.This is normal and is not an indication of anymalfunction. If the computer senses any mal-function, it switches the anti-lock brake systemOFF and turns on the ABS warning light in themeter. The brake system will then behave nor-mally, but without anti-lock assistance.

If the light comes on during the self check, orwhile you are driving, you should take yourvehicle to your NISSAN dealer for repair at yourearliest convenience.

WARNING

The anti-lock brake system is a sophis-ticated device, but it cannot prevent ac-


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

cidents resulting from careless or dan-gerous driving techniques. It can helpmaintain vehicle control during brakingon slippery surfaces, but remember thatthe stopping distance on slippery sur-faces will be longer than on normalsurfaces, even with the anti-lock sys-tem. Stopping distances may also belonger on rough, gravel or snow coveredroads, or if you are using tire chains.Always maintain a safe distance fromthe vehicle in front of you. Ultimately,the responsibility for safety of self andothers rests in the hands of the driver.

Tire type and condition of tires may alsoaffect braking effectiveness.

� When replacing tires, install thespecified size of tires on all fourwheels.

� When installing a spare tire, makesure it is the proper size and type asspecified on the tire placard. See“Vehicle identification” in the “9.Technical and consumer informa-tion” section for tire placard location.

When driving on slippery surfaces or suddenlyavoiding obstacles on roads, the vehicle mightswerve or slip. With the vehicle dynamic control(VDC) system, sensors detect these movementsand control the braking and engine output tohelp improve vehicle stability while driving. Thesystem also varies the brake fluid pressure toprevent each wheel from locking.

� When the VDC system is operating, the slipindicator in the instrument panel blinks.

� When only the traction control system portionof the VDC system is operating, the slipindicator will also blink.

� If the slip indicator blinks, the vehicle is underslippery conditions. Be sure to drive carefully.See “Slip indicator light”, and “VDC off indi-cator light” in the “2. Instruments and con-trols” section.

� Indicator lightIf a malfunction occurs in the system, theSLIP and indicator lights come on inthe meter panel.As long as these warning lights are on, thetraction control function is canceled.

The VDC uses a brake Limited Slip Differential(LSD) system to improve vehicle traction. Thebrake LSD system works when one of the drivingwheels in spinning on a slippery surface. The

brake LSD system brakes the spinning wheelwhich distributed the driving power to the otherdrive wheel. If the vehicle is operated with thevehicle dynamic control system turned off, allVDC and traction control functions will be turnedoff. The brake LSD and ABS system will stilloperate with the VDC system off. If the brakeLSD system or the ABS system is activated, theslip indicator light will blink and you may hear aclunk noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brakepedal. This is also normal and indicates thebrake fluid pressure is controlled properly.

While the VDC system is operating, you may feela pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise orvibration from under the hood. This is normal andindicates that the VDC system is working prop-erly.

The computer has a built in diagnostic featurethat tests the system each time you start theengine and move the vehicle forward or inreverse at a slow speed. When the self-testoccurs, you may hear a clunk noise and/or feel apulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal and isnot an indication of a malfunction.

WARNING

� The vehicle dynamic control system

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL(VDC) SYSTEM (if so equipped)


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

is designed to help improve drivingstability but does not prevent acci-dents due to abrupt steering opera-tion at high speeds or by careless ordangerous driving techniques. Re-duce vehicle speed and be especiallycareful when driving and corneringon slippery surfaces and always drivecarefully.

� If engine related parts such as muf-fler are not standard equipment orare extremely deteriorated, the ve-hicle dynamic control off indicatorlight and slip indicator light maycome on.

� If suspension parts such as shockabsorbers, struts, springs and bush-ings are not standard equipment orare extremely deteriorated, the ve-hicle dynamics control off indicatorlight may come on.

� When driving on extremely inclinedsurfaces such as higher banked cor-ners, the vehicle dynamic control sys-tem may not operate properly or

the vehicle dynamic control off indi-cator light may come on. Do not driveon these types of roads.

� If the tires other than the recom-mended ones are used, the vehicledynamic control system may not op-erate properly or the vehicle dynamiccontrol off indicator light may comeon.

� The vehicle dynamic control systemis not a substitute for winter tires ortire chains on a snow covered road.

� When the vehicle is on a conveyancesuch as a ferry, the vehicle dynamiccontrol off indicator light and slipindicator light may come on. This isnot a malfunction. Restart the engineafter departing the conveyance.

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCKTo prevent a door lock from freezing, applyde-icer or glycerin to it through the key hole. Ifthe lock becomes frozen, heat the key beforeinserting it into the key hole.

ANTI-FREEZEIn the winter when it is anticipated that thetemperature will drop below 32°F (0°C), checkanti-freeze to assure proper winter protection.For additional information, see “Engine coolingsystem” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

BATTERYIf the battery is not fully charged during extremelycold weather conditions, the battery fluid mayfreeze and damage the battery. To maintainmaximum efficiency, the battery should bechecked regularly. For additional information,see “Battery” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATERIf the vehicle is to be left outside without anti-freeze, drain the cooling system by opening thedrain plug located under the radiator. Refillbefore operating the vehicle. See “Engine cool-ing system” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section for changing engine coolant.

COLD WEATHER DRIVING


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

TIRE EQUIPMENT

1. SUMMER tires are of a tread design toprovide superior performance on dry pave-ment. However, the performance of thesetires will be substantially reduced in snowyand icy conditions. If you operate your vehicleon snowy or icy roads, NISSAN recommendsthe use of MUD & SNOW or ALL SEASONtires on all four wheels. Please consult yourNISSAN dealer for the tire type, size, speedrating and availability information.

2. For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some provincesand states prohibit their use. Check local,state and provincial laws before installingstudded tires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may bepoorer than that of non-studded snowtires.

3. Tire chains may be used if desired. Make surethey are of proper size for the tires on yourvehicle and are installed according to thechain manufacturer’s suggestions. Use of tirechains may be prohibited according to loca-tion. Check the local laws before installingtire chains. When installing tire chains, makesure they are of proper size for the tires onyour vehicle and are installed according to

the chain manufacturer’s suggestions. Useonly SAE Class S chains. Class “S” chainsare used on vehicles with restricted tire tovehicle clearance. Vehicles that can useClass “S” chains are designed to meet theSAE standard minimum clearances betweenthe tire and the closest vehicle suspension orbody component required to accommodatethe use of a winter traction device (tire chainsor cables). The minimum clearances are de-termined using the factory equipped tire size.Other types may damage your vehicle. Usechain tensioners when recommended by thetire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit.Loose end links of the tire chain must besecured or removed to prevent the possibilityof whipping action damage to the fenders orunderbody. If possible, avoid fully loadingyour vehicle when using tire chains. In addi-tion, drive at a reduced speed. Otherwise,your vehicle may be damaged and/or vehiclehandling and performance may be adverselyaffected.

� Never install tire chains on TEMPO-RARY USE ONLY spare tires.

� Do not use tire chains on dry roads.

Tire chains must be installed only on thefront wheels and not on the rear wheels.

Do not drive with tire chains on paved roads

which are clear of snow. Driving with chains insuch conditions can cause damage to the vari-ous mechanisms of the vehicle due to someoverstress.

4. For all wheel drive:If you install snow tires, they must also be thesame size, brand, construction and treadpattern on all four wheels.

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT

It is recommended that the following items becarried in the vehicle during winter:

� a scraper and stiff-bristled brush to removeice and snow from the windows and wiperblades.

� a sturdy, flat board to be placed under thejack to give it firm support.

� a shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow-drifts.

� extra window washer fluid to refill the reser-voir tank.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING

� Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain),


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

very cold snow or ice can be slick andvery hard to drive on. The vehicle willhave a lot less traction or grip underthese conditions. Try to avoid drivingon wet ice until the road is salted orsanded.

� Whatever the condition, drive withcaution. Accelerate and slow downwith care. If accelerating or down-shifting too fast, the drive wheels willlose even more traction.

� Allow more stopping distance underthese conditions. Braking should bestarted sooner than on dry pavement.

� Allow greater following distances onslippery roads.

� Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).These may appear on an otherwiseclear road in shaded areas. If a patchof ice is seen ahead, brake beforereaching it. Try not to brake whileactually on the ice, and avoid anysudden steering maneuvers.

� Do not use cruise control on slipperyroads.

� Snow can trap dangerous exhaustgases under your vehicle. Keep snowclear of the exhaust pipe and fromaround your vehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)An engine block heater to assist extreme coldtemperature starting is available through yourNISSAN dealer.

WARNING

Do not use your heater with an un-grounded electrical system or two-pronged (cheater) adapters. You can beinjured by an electrical shock if you usean ungrounded connection.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

6 In case of emergency

Flat tire...................................................................................... 6-2Low tire pressure warning system (if soequipped) ........................................................................... 6-2Changing a flat tire .......................................................... 6-2

Jump starting........................................................................... 6-8Push starting......................................................................... 6-10

If your vehicle overheats .................................................... 6-10Towing your vehicle ............................................................ 6-11

Towing recommended by NISSAN........................... 6-12Vehicle recovery (Freeing a stuck vehicle) ............. 6-14

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNINGSYSTEM (if so equipped)

This vehicle is equipped with the low tire pres-sure warning system, which displays the pres-sure of each tire independently (except the sparetire) on the display screen by sending a signalfrom a sensor that is installed in each wheel. Ifthe vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure(lower than 27 psi, 190 kPa), the low tirepressure warning system will activate and warnyou of it by the low tire pressure warning light.This system will activate only when the vehicle isdriven at speeds above 20 MPH (32 km/h). Formore details, please refer to “Warning/indicatorlights and audible reminders” in the “2. Instru-ments and controls” section, “Tire pressure in-formation” in the “4. Display screen, heater, airconditioner and audio systems” section and“Low tire pressure warning system” in the “5.Starting and driving” section.

WARNING

� If the low tire pressure warning lightblinks while driving, avoid suddensteering maneuvers or abrupt brak-ing, reduce vehicle speed, pull off theroad to a safe location and stop the

vehicle as soon as possible. Seriousvehicle damage could occur and maylead to an accident and could resultin serious personal injury. Check thepressure for all four tires and adjustthe pressure to the COLD tire pres-sure shown on the tire placard. If youhave a flat tire, replace it with a sparetire as soon as possible.

� When a spare tire is mounted or awheel is replaced, the pressure ofthat tire will not be indicated or moni-tored by the low tire pressure warn-ing system. Contact your NISSANdealer as soon as possible for tirereplacement and/or system reset-ting.

� Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pres-sure sensors.

CHANGING A FLAT TIRE

If you have a flat tire, follow the instructionsbelow.

Stopping the vehicle

1. Safely move the vehicle off the road awayfrom traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply the parkingbrake. Shift the selector lever in P (Park)position.

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, and tosignal professional road assistance person-nel that you need assistance.

6. Have all passengers get out of the vehicleand stand in a safe place, away from trafficand clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

� Make sure that the parking brake issecurely applied and the selector le-ver is shifted into P (Park).

� Never change tires when the vehicleis on a slope, ice or slippery areas.This is hazardous.

� Never change tires if oncoming traffic

FLAT TIRE

6-2 In case of emergency

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

is close to your vehicle. Wait for pro-fessional road assistance.

� When a spare tire is mounted or awheel is replaced, the pressure ofthat tire will not be indicated and notbe monitored by the low tire pressurewarning system. Contact yourNISSAN dealer as soon as possiblefor tire replacement and/or systemresetting. (For models with the lowtire pressure warning system)

Blocking wheelsPlace suitable blocks at both the front and backof the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire toprevent the vehicle from rolling when it is jackedup.

WARNING

Be sure to block the wheel as the ve-hicle may move and could cause per-sonal injury.

MCE0001

SCE0433

In case of emergency 6-3

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Getting the spare tire and toolsPull up the floor cover and hang the strap �A toupper body �B as illustrated. Remove the undertray �C (if so equipped).

Type A:

Turn the retainer counterclockwise �1 and re-move the spare tire.

Type B:

Turn the retainer counterclockwise �1 , removethe subwoofer �2 and remove the spare tire.

Pull up the floor cover �1 as illustrated andremove �2 the jack and tools.

Removing wheel cap

CAUTION

Do not use your hands to pry off wheelcaps. Doing so could result in personalinjury.

SCE0434 SCE0446


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Jacking up vehicle and removing thedamaged tireCarefully read the caution label attached tothe jack body and the following instruc-tions.

1. Place the jack directly under the jack-up pointas illustrated above so that top of the jackcontacts the vehicle at the jack up point.Align the jack head between the two notchesin the front or the rear as shown. Also fit thegroove of the jack head between the notchesas shown.

The jack should be used on level firmground.

2. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns byturning counterclockwise with the wheel nutwrench. Do not remove the wheel nutsuntil the tire is off the ground.

3. Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clearsthe ground. To lift the vehicle, securely holdthe jack lever and rod with both hands asshown above. Remove the wheel nuts, andthen remove the tire.

WARNING

� Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by the jack.

� Use only the jack provided with yourvehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not usethe jack provided with your vehicleon other vehicles.The jack is designed only for liftingyour vehicle during a tire change.

SCE0435 CE1092


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

� Use the correct jack up points; neveruse any other part of the vehicle forjack support.

� Never jack up the vehicle more thannecessary.

� Never use blocks on or under thejack.

� Do not start or run engine while ve-hicle is on the jack, as it may causethe vehicle to move. This is especiallytrue for vehicles with limited slip dif-ferential carriers.

� Do not allow passengers to stay inthe vehicle while it is on the jack.

Installing the spare tire1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surface

between the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the wheel on and tighten thewheel nuts finger tight.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheelnuts alternately and evenly until they are tight.

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touchesthe ground. Then, with the wheel nut wrench,tighten the wheel nuts securely in the se-quence as illustrated.

WARNING

� Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts can cause thewheel to become loose or come off.This could cause an accident.

� Do not use oil or grease on the wheelstuds or nuts. This could cause thenuts to become loose.

As soon as possible tighten the wheel nutsto the specified torque with a torquewrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:

80 ft-lb (108 N⋅m)

Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure.

COLD pressure:

After vehicle has been parked for threehours or more or driven less than 1 mile(1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown on the tireplacard affixed to the center pillar.

SCE0039


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

For models equipped with the low tirepressure warning system:

After adjusting tire pressure to the COLD tirepressure, the display of the tire pressure infor-mation may show higher pressure than theCOLD tire pressure after the vehicle has beendriven more than 1 mile (1.6 km). This is becausethe tire pressurizes as the tire temperature rises.This does not indicate a system malfunction.

WARNING

Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve-hicle has been driven for 600 miles(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire,etc.).

Stowing the damaged tire and toolsSecurely store the spare tire and jacking equip-ment in the vehicle.

WARNING

� Always make sure that the spare tireand jacking equipment are properlysecured after use. Such items canbecome dangerous projectiles in anaccident or sudden stop.

� The T-type spare tire and small size

spare tire are designed for emer-gency use. See “Wheels and tires” inthe “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

SCE0436


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

To start your engine with a booster battery, theinstructions and precautions below must befollowed.

WARNING

� If done incorrectly, jump starting canlead to a battery explosion, resultingin severe injury or death. It could alsodamage your vehicle.

� Explosive hydrogen gas is alwayspresent in the vicinity of the battery.Keep all sparks and flames awayfrom the battery.

� Do not allow battery fluid to comeinto contact with eyes, skin, cloth orpainted surfaces. Battery fluid is acorrosive sulphuric acid solutionwhich can cause severe burns. If thefluid should come into contact withanything, immediately flush the con-tacted area with water.

� Keep battery out of the reach ofchildren.

� The booster battery must be rated at12 volts. Use of an improperly ratedbattery can damage your vehicle.

� Whenever working on or near a bat-tery, always wear suitable eye protec-tors (for example, goggles or indus-trial safety spectacles) and removerings, metal bands, or any other jew-elry. Do not lean over the batterywhen jump starting.

� Do not attempt to jump start a frozenbattery. It could explode and causeserious injury.

� Your vehicle has an automatic en-gine cooling fan. It could come on atany time. Keep hands and other ob-jects away from it.

JUMP STARTING


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

WARNING

Always follow the instructions below.Failure to do so could result in damageto the charging system and cause per-sonal injury.

1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle,position the two vehicles to bring their bat-teries into close proximity to each other.

Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

2. Apply parking brake. Move the selector lever

to the P (Park) position. Switch off all unnec-essary electrical systems (light, heater, airconditioner, etc.).

3. Remove vent caps on the battery (if soequipped). Cover the battery with an oldcloth as illustrated to reduce explosion haz-ard.

4. Connect jumper cables in the sequence asillustrated (�A → �B → �C → �D ).

CAUTION

� Always connect positive (+) to posi-tive (+) and negative (−) to bodyground (for example, strut mountingbolt, etc. — not to the battery).

� Make sure that cables do not touchmoving parts in the engine compart-ment and that clamps do not contactany other metal.

5. Start the engine of the other vehicle and let itrun for a few minutes.

6. Keep the engine speed of the other vehicle atabout 2,000 rpm, and start your engine in thenormal manner.

CAUTION

Do not keep starter motor engaged formore than 10 seconds. If the enginedoes not start right away, turn the keyoff and wait 3 to 4 seconds before tryingagain.

SCE0437


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

7. After starting your engine, carefully discon-nect the negative cable and then the positivecable.

8. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped). Besure to dispose of the cloth used to cover thevent holes as it may be contaminated withcorrosive acid.

Do not start the engine by pushing.

CAUTION

� CVT models cannot be push started.This may cause transmission dam-age.

� Three way catalyst equipped modelsshould not be started by pushingsince the three way catalyst may bedamaged.

� Never try to start the vehicle by tow-ing it; when the engine starts, theforward surge could cause the ve-hicle to collide with the tow vehicle.

WARNING

� Do not continue to drive if your ve-hicle overheats. Doing so couldcause a vehicle fire.

� To avoid the danger of being scalded,never remove the radiator cap whilethe engine is still hot. When the ra-diator cap is removed, pressurizedhot water will spurt out, possiblycausing serious injury.

� Do not open the hood if steam iscoming out.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by anextremely high temperature gauge reading), or ifyou feel a lack of engine power, detect abnormalnoise, etc., take the following steps:

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, apply theparking brake and move the selector lever tothe P (Park) position.

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the air conditioner switch. Open allthe windows, move the heater or air condi-tioner temperature control to maximum hot

PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

and fan control to high speed.

3. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen forsteam or coolant escaping from the radiatorbefore opening the hood. Wait until no steamor coolant can be seen before proceeding.

4. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from theengine, stand clear to prevent gettingburned.

5. Visually check if the cooling fan is running.The radiator hoses and radiator should notleak water.

If coolant is leaking or the cooling fan doesnot run, stop the engine.

WARNING

� Be careful not to allow your hands,hair, jewelry or clothing to come intocontact with, or to get caught in thecooling fan, or drive belt.

� The engine cooling fan can start atany time when the coolant tempera-ture is high.

6. After the engine cools down, check the cool-ant level in the reservoir tank with the enginerunning. Add coolant to the reservoir tank ifnecessary. Have your vehicle repaired at thenearest NISSAN dealer.

When towing your vehicle, all State, provincialand local regulations for towing must be fol-lowed. Incorrect towing equipment could dam-age your vehicle. Towing instructions are avail-able from a NISSAN dealer. Local serviceoperators are generally familiar with the appli-cable laws and procedures for towing. To assureproper towing and to prevent accidental damageto your vehicle, NISSAN recommends having aservice operator tow your vehicle. It is advisableto have the service operator carefully read thefollowing precautions.

WARNING

� Never ride in a vehicle that is beingtowed.

� Never get under your vehicle after ithas been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

� When towing, make sure that thetransmission, axles, steering systemand powertrain are in working condi-tion. If any unit is damaged, dollies

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

must be used.

� Always attach safety chains beforetowing.

TOWING RECOMMENDED BYNISSAN

Two wheel drive modelsNISSAN recommends that your vehicle betowed with the driving (front) wheels off theground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck asillustrated.

CAUTION

� Never tow CVT models with the frontwheels on the ground or four wheels

on the ground (forward or backward)as this may cause serious and expen-sive damage to the transmission.If it is necessary to tow the vehiclewith the rear wheels raised, alwaysuse towing dollies under the frontwheels.

� When towing CVT models with thefront wheels on towing dollies:

• Turn the ignition key to the OFFposition, and secure the steering

SCE0438Two wheel drive models


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

wheel in a straight ahead positionwith a rope or similar device.Never secure the steering wheelby turning the ignition key to theLOCK position. This may damagethe steering lock mechanism.

• Move the selector lever to the N(Neutral) position.

� When towing two wheel drive CVTmodel with the rear wheels on theground (if you do not use towingdollies): Always release the parkingbrake.

All wheel drive modelsNISSAN recommends that towing dollies beused when towing your vehicle or the vehicle beplaced on a flat bed truck as illustrated.

CAUTION

Never tow CVT AWD models with any ofthe wheels on the ground as this maycause serious and expensive damage tothe drive train.

SCE0439All wheel drive models


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

VEHICLE RECOVERY (Freeing astuck vehicle)

�1 Remove the towing hook cover from thebumper using a suitable tool.

�2 Securely install the towing hook stored withjacking tools.

Make sure that the hook is properly secured inthe stored place after use.

WARNING

� Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

� Do not spin your tires at high speed.This could cause them to explodeand result in serious injury. Parts ofyour vehicle could also overheat andbe damaged.

CAUTION

� Use the towing hook only, not otherparts of the vehicle. Otherwise, thevehicle body will be damaged.

� Use the towing hook only to free avehicle stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.Never tow the vehicle for a long dis-tance using only the towing hook.

� The towing hook is under tremen-dous force when used to free a stuckvehicle. Always pull the cable straightout from the front of the vehicle.Never pull on the hook at an angle.

SCE0440 SCE0444


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior .................................................................... 7-2Washing ............................................................................. 7-2Waxing ................................................................................ 7-2Removing spots................................................................ 7-3Underbody ......................................................................... 7-3Glass ................................................................................... 7-3Aluminum alloy wheels.................................................... 7-3Chrome parts .................................................................... 7-3

Cleaning interior ..................................................................... 7-3Floor mats .......................................................................... 7-4

Seat belts ........................................................................... 7-4Corrosion protection ............................................................. 7-5

Most common factors contributing to vehiclecorrosion............................................................................. 7-5Environmental factors influence the rate ofcorrosion............................................................................. 7-5To protect your vehicle from corrosion ...................... 7-5

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

In order to maintain the appearance of yourvehicle, it is important to take proper care of it.

In the following cases, please wash your vehicleas soon as possible to protect the paint surface.

� After a rainfall to prevent possible damagefrom acid rain

� After driving on coastal roads

� When contaminants such as soot, bird drop-pings, tree sap, metal particles or bugs get onthe paint surface

� When dust or mud builds up on the surface

Whenever possible, store or park your vehicleinside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, park in ashady area or protect the vehicle with a bodycover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint surfacewhen putting on or removing the bodycover.

WASHINGThoroughly rinse surface dirt off the vehicle witha wet sponge and plenty of clean water. Cleanthe vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap such asNissan Car Wash, or a general purpose dish-washing liquid mixed with clean, lukewarm(never hot) water.

CAUTION

� Do not use strong household soap,strong chemical detergents, gasolineor solvents.

� Do not wash the vehicle in directsunlight or while the vehicle body ishot, as the surface may becomewater-spotted.

� Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts. Caremust be taken when removingcaked-on dirt or other foreign sub-stances so that the paint surface isnot scratched or damaged.

Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of cleanwater.

Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors,hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable tothe effects of road salt. Therefore, these areasmust be regularly cleaned. Make sure that thedrain holes in the lower edge of the door areopen. Spray water under the body and in thewheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash awayroad salt.

Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surfaceby using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle.

WAXINGRegular waxing protects the paint surface andhelps retain new vehicle appearance. After wax-ing, polishing is recommended to removebuilt-up residue and to avoid a weathered ap-pearance.

If you wish to wax your vehicle, only use a waxspecified for use over clear coats, such asNissan Liquid or Spray Wax. Your NISSANdealer can assist you in choosing the properproduct.

� Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash-ing. Follow the instructions supplied with thewax.

� Do not use a wax containing any abrasives,cutting compounds or cleaners that maydamage the vehicle finish.

� If the surface does not polish easily, use aroad tar remover and wax again.

Machine compounding or aggressive pol-ishing on a base coat/clear coat paintfinish may dull the finish or leave swirlmarks.

CLEANING EXTERIOR

7-2 Appearance and care

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

REMOVING SPOTS

Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, insects,and tree sap as quickly as possible from thesurface of the paint to avoid lasting damage orstaining. Special cleaning products are availableat your NISSAN dealer or any automotive acces-sory store.

UNDERBODYIn areas where road salt is used in winter, theunderbody must be cleaned regularly. This willprevent dirt and salt from building up and caus-ing underbody and suspension corrosion. Be-fore the winter period and again in the spring, theunderseal must be checked and, if necessary,re-treated.

GLASSUse glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust filmfrom the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass tobecome coated with a film after the vehicle isparked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a softcloth will easily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the win-dow, do not use sharp-edged tools,

abrasive cleaners or chlorine based dis-infectant cleaners. They could damagethe electrical conductors, radio antennaelements or rear window defogger ele-ments.

ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELSWash regularly, especially during winter monthsin areas where road salt is used. Salt coulddiscolor the wheel if not removed.

CHROME PARTSClean all chrome parts regularly with a non-abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.

Occasionally remove loose dust from the interiortrim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuumcleaner or soft brush. Wipe the vinyl and leathersurfaces with a clean, soft cloth dampened inmild soap solution, then wipe clean with a drysoft cloth. Before using any fabric protector,read the manufacturer’s recommendations.Some fabric protectors contain chemicals thatmay stain or bleach the seat material.

Use a cloth dampened only with water, to cleanthe meter and gauge lens.

CAUTION

� Never use gasoline, thinner, or anysimilar material.

� The leather seats should be regularlycoated with a leather wax like saddlesoap. Never use car wax.

� Never use fabric protectors unlessrecommended by the manufacturer.

� Do not use glass or plastic cleaner onmeter or gauge lens covers. It maydamage the lens cover.

CLEANING INTERIOR

Appearance and care 7-3

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

FLOOR MATSThe use of Genuine Nissan floor mats canextend the life of your vehicle carpet and make iteasier to clean the interior. No matter whatmats are used, be sure they are fitted foryour vehicle and are properly positioned inthe footwell to prevent interference withpedal operation. Mats should be maintainedwith regular cleaning and replaced if they be-come excessively worn.

Floor mat positioning aid(Driver side only)This model includes a front floor mat bracket �Ato act as a floor mat positioning aid. NISSANfloor mats have been specially designed for yourvehicle model. The driver’s side floor mat has agrommet hole incorporated in it. Simply positionthe mat by placing the floor mat bracket throughthe floor mat grommet hole while centering themat in the floorpan contour.

Periodically check to make certain that the matsare properly positioned.

SEAT BELTSThe seat belts can be cleaned by wiping themwith a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution.Allow the belts to dry completely before usingthem.

WARNING

Do not allow wet belts to roll up in theretractor. NEVER use bleach, dye, orchemical solvents since these may se-verely weaken the seat belt webbing.

SAI0025


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

MOST COMMON FACTORSCONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLECORROSION:� The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirt

and debris in body panel sections, cavities,and other areas.

� Damage to paint and other protective coat-ings caused by gravel and stone chips orminor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORSINFLUENCE THE RATE OFCORROSION:

MoistureAccumulation of sand, dirt and water on thevehicle body underside can accelerate corro-sion. Wet floor coverings will not dry completelyinside the vehicle, and should be removed fordrying to avoid floor panel corrosion.

Relative humidityCorrosion will be accelerated in areas of highrelative humidity, especially those areas wherethe temperatures stay above freezing and whereatmospheric pollution exists and road salt isused.

TemperatureA temperature increase will accelerate the rateof corrosion to those parts which are not wellventilated.

Air pollutionIndustrial pollution, the presence of salt in the airin coastal areas, or heavy road salt use willaccelerate the corrosion process. Road salt willalso accelerate the disintegration of paint sur-faces.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLEFROM CORROSION:� Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the

vehicle clean.

� Always check for minor damage to the paintand repair it as soon as possible.

� Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doorsopen to avoid water accumulation.

� Check the underbody for accumulation ofsand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with wateras soon as possible.

CAUTION

� NEVER remove dirt, sand or otherdebris from the passenger compart-ment by washing it out with a hose.Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner orbroom.

� Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electronic com-ponents inside the vehicle as thismay damage them.

Chemicals used for road surface de-icing areextremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosionand deterioration of underbody componentssuch as the exhaust system, fuel and brake lines,brake cables, floor pan and fenders.

In winter, the underbody must be cleanedperiodically.

For additional protection against rust and corro-sion, which may be required in some areas,consult your local NISSAN dealer.

CORROSION PROTECTION

Appearance and care 7-5

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

MEMO


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Maintenance requirements .................................................. 8-2General maintenance ............................................................ 8-2

Explanation of general maintenance items ................ 8-2Maintenance precautions..................................................... 8-5Engine compartment check locations ............................. 8-7Engine cooling system.......................................................... 8-8

Checking engine coolant level...................................... 8-8Changing engine coolant ............................................... 8-9

Engine oil ................................................................................. 8-9Checking engine oil level ............................................... 8-9Changing engine oil...................................................... 8-10Changing engine oil filter ............................................ 8-11

CVT fluid................................................................................ 8-12Power steering fluid............................................................ 8-12Brake fluid ............................................................................. 8-12Window washer fluid.......................................................... 8-13Battery .................................................................................... 8-14

Jump starting .................................................................. 8-15Drive belts ............................................................................. 8-15Spark plugs........................................................................... 8-16

Replacing spark plugs.................................................. 8-16Air cleaner ............................................................................. 8-16Windshield wiper blades................................................... 8-17

Cleaning........................................................................... 8-17

Replacing......................................................................... 8-18Rear window wiper blade ................................................. 8-19Parking brake and brake pedal........................................ 8-19

Checking parking brake............................................... 8-19Checking brake pedal .................................................. 8-20Brake booster ................................................................. 8-20

Fuses ...................................................................................... 8-21Engine compartment..................................................... 8-21Passenger compartment.............................................. 8-22

Keyfob battery replacement.............................................. 8-22Lights ..................................................................................... 8-24

Headlights ...................................................................... 8-25Exterior and interior lights............................................ 8-26

Wheels and tires ................................................................. 8-27Tire pressure................................................................... 8-27Types of tires .................................................................. 8-28Tire chains ....................................................................... 8-29Changing wheels and tires ......................................... 8-30

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Your new NISSAN has been designed to haveminimum maintenance requirements with longerservice intervals to save you both time andmoney. However, some day-to-day and regularmaintenance is essential to maintain yourNISSAN’s good mechanical condition, as wellas its emission and engine performance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure thatscheduled maintenance, as well as generalmaintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only one whocan ensure that your vehicle receives the propermaintenance care. You are a vital link in themaintenance chain.

Scheduled maintenance:

For your convenience, both required and op-tional scheduled maintenance items are de-scribed and listed in your “Service and Mainte-nance Guide”. You must refer to that guide toensure that necessary maintenance is performedon your NISSAN at regular intervals.

General maintenance:

General maintenance includes those itemswhich should be checked during normal day-to-day operation of the vehicle. They are essential ifyour vehicle is to continue to operate properly. Itis your responsibility to perform these proce-dures regularly as prescribed.

Performing general maintenance checks requireminimal mechanical skill and only a few generalautomotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be done byyourself, a qualified technician or, if you prefer,your NISSAN dealer.

Where to go for service:

If maintenance service is required or your vehicleappears to malfunction, have the systemschecked and tuned by a NISSAN dealer.

NISSAN technicians are well-trained specialistsand are kept up to date with the latest serviceinformation through technical bulletins, servicetips, and in-dealership training programs. Theyare completely qualified to work on NISSANvehicles before they work on your vehicle,rather than after they have worked on it.

You can be confident that your NISSAN dealer’sservice department performs the best job tomeet the maintenance requirements of your ve-hicle — in a reliable and economic way.

During the normal day-to-day operation of thevehicle, general maintenance should be per-formed regularly as prescribed in this section. Ifyou detect any unusual sounds, vibrations orsmell, be sure to check for the cause or haveyour NISSAN dealer check it promptly. In addi-tion, you should notify your NISSAN dealer if youthink that repairs are required.

When performing any checks or maintenancework, closely observe the “Maintenance precau-tions” later in this section.

EXPLANATION OF GENERALMAINTENANCE ITEMSAdditional information on the followingitems with “*” is found later in this section.

Outside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should beperformed from time to time, unless otherwisespecified.

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge at leastonce a month and always prior to long distancetrips. If necessary, adjust the pressure in all tires,including the spare, to the pressure specified.Check carefully for damage, cuts or excessivewear.

Wheel nuts*: When checking the tires, makesure no nuts are missing, and check for any

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL MAINTENANCE

8-2 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

loose nuts. Tighten if necessary.

Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotated every7,500 miles (12,000 km). However, the timingfor tire rotation may vary according to yourdriving habits and road surface conditions.

Wheel alignment and balance: If the vehiclepulls to either side while driving on a straight andlevel road, or if you detect uneven or abnormaltire wear, there may be a need for wheel align-ment.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normalhighway speeds, wheel balancing may beneeded.

For additional information regarding tires, refer to“Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or “TireSafety Information” (Canada) in the WarrantyInformation booklet.

Windshield: Clean the windshield on a regularbasis. Check the windshield at least every sixmonths for cracks or other damage. Have adamaged windshield repaired by a qualified re-pair facility.

Windshield wiper blades*: Check for cracksor wear if they do not wipe properly.

Doors and engine hood: Check that all doorsand the engine hood operate smoothly. Alsomake sure that all latches lock securely. Lubri-

cate if necessary. Make sure that the secondarylatch keeps the hood from opening when theprimary latch is released.

When driving in areas using road salt or othercorrosive materials, check lubrication frequently.

Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular basis.Make sure that the headlights, stop lights, taillights, turn signal lights, and other lights are alloperating properly and installed securely. Alsocheck headlight aim.

Inside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should bechecked on a regular basis, such as whenperforming periodic maintenance, cleaning thevehicle, etc.

Warning lights and chimes:Make sure that allwarning lights and chimes are operating prop-erly.

Windshield wiper and washer*: Check thatthe wipers and washer operate properly and thatthe wipers do not streak.

Windshield defroster: Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets properly andin good quantity when operating the heater or airconditioner.

Steering wheel: Check for changes in thesteering conditions, such as excessive free play,

hard steering or strange noises.

Seats: Check seat position controls such asseat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. to ensurethey operate smoothly and that all latches locksecurely in every position. Check that the headrestraints move up and down smoothly and thatthe locks hold securely in all latched positions.

Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat beltsystem (for example, buckles, anchors, adjustersand retractors) operate properly and smoothly,and are installed securely. Check the belt web-bing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage.

Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure the pedal doesnot catch or require uneven effort. Keep the floormats away from the pedal.

Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull thevehicle to one side when applied.

Brake pedal and booster*: Check the pedalfor smooth operation and make sure it has theproper distance under it when depressed fully.Check the brake booster function. Be sure tokeep floor mats away from the pedal.

Parking brake*: Check that the lever has theproper travel and make sure that the vehicle isheld securely on a fairly steep hill when only theparking brake is applied.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)P (Park) position mechanism: On a fairlysteep hill check that the vehicle is held securelywith the selector lever in the P (Park) positionwithout applying any brakes.

Under the hood and the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should bechecked periodically (for example, each time youcheck the engine oil or refuel).

Windshield washer fluid*: Check that there isadequate fluid in the tank.

Engine coolant level*: Check the coolant levelwhen the engine is cold.

Radiator and hoses: Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves,etc., that may have accumulated. Make sure thehoses have no cracks, deformation, deteriorationor loose connections.

Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the brakefluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines onthe reservoir.

Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell. Itshould be between the MAX and MIN lines.Vehicles operated in high temperatures or undersevere conditions require frequent checks of thebattery fluid level.

Engine drive belts*: Make sure that no belt is

frayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level*: Check the level on thedipstick after parking the vehicle on a level spotand turning off the engine.

Power steering fluid level* and lines: Checkthe level in the reservoir tank with the engine off.Check the lines for proper attachment, leaks,cracks, etc.

Exhaust system: Make sure there are no loosesupports, cracks or holes. If the sound of theexhaust seems unusual or there is a smell ofexhaust fumes, immediately locate the troubleand correct it. (See “Precautions when startingand driving” in the “5. Starting and driving”section for exhaust gas (carbon monoxide).)

Underbody: The underbody is frequently ex-posed to corrosive substances such as thoseused on icy roads or to control dust. It is veryimportant to remove these substances, other-wise rust will form on the floor pan, frame, fuellines and around the exhaust system. At the endof winter, the underbody should be thoroughlyflushed with plain water, being careful to cleanthose areas where mud and dirt may accumu-late. For additional information, see “Cleaningexterior” in the “7. Appearance and care” sec-tion.

Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for fuel,

oil, water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle hasbeen parked for a while. Water dripping from theair conditioner after use is normal. If you shouldnotice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident,check for the cause and have it corrected imme-diately.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

When performing any inspection or maintenancework on your vehicle, always take care to preventserious accidental injury to yourself or damage tothe vehicle. The following are general precau-tions which should be closely observed.

WARNING

� Park the vehicle on a level surface,apply the parking brake securely andblock the wheels to prevent the ve-hicle from moving. Move the selectorlever to the P (Park) position.

� Be sure the ignition key is OFF orLOCK when performing any parts re-placement or repairs.

� Your vehicle is equipped with an au-tomatic engine cooling fan. It maycome on at any time without warning,even if the ignition key is in the OFFposition and the engine is not run-ning. To avoid injury, always discon-nect the negative battery cable be-fore working near the fan.

� If you must work with the enginerunning, keep your hands, clothing,

hair and tools away from movingfans, belts and any other movingparts.

� It is advisable to secure or removeany loose clothing and any jewelry,such as rings, watches, etc. beforeworking on your vehicle.

� Always wear eye protection when-ever you work on your vehicle.

� If you must run the engine in anenclosed space such as a garage, besure there is proper ventilation forexhaust gases to escape.

� Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by a jack. If it is nec-essary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

� Keep smoking materials, flame andsparks away from fuel and the bat-tery.

� On gasoline engine models with theMultiport Fuel Injection (MFI) Sys-tem, the fuel filter or fuel lines should

be serviced by a NISSAN dealer be-cause the fuel lines are under highpressure even when the engine is off.

CAUTION

� Do not work under the hood whilethe engine is hot. Turn off the engineand wait until it cools down.

� Never connect or disconnect eitherthe battery or any transistorizedcomponent connector while the igni-tion key is on.

� Never leave the engine or the CVTrelated component harness connec-tor disconnected while the ignitionkey is on.

� Avoid direct contact with used engineoil and coolant. Improperly disposedengine oil, engine coolant and/orother vehicle fluids can hurt the envi-ronment. Always conform to localregulations for disposal of vehiclefluid.

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

This “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sectiongives instructions regarding only those itemswhich are relatively easy for an owner to perform.

A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is also avail-able. See “Owner’s Manual/Service Manual or-der information” in the “9. Technical and con-sumer information” section.

You should be aware that incomplete or im-proper servicing may result in operating difficul-ties or excessive emissions, and could affectyour warranty coverage. If in doubt about anyservicing, have it done by your NISSANdealer.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

1. Power steering fluid reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

6. Engine coolant reservoir

7. Radiator filler cap

8. Engine oil dipstick

9. Fuse/fusible link holder

10. Battery

SDI1492

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

The engine cooling system is filled at the factorywith a high-quality, year-round, anti-freeze cool-ant solution. The anti-freeze solution containsrust and corrosion inhibitors, therefore additionalcooling system additives are not necessary.

CAUTION

When adding or replacing coolant, besure to use only a genuine NISSANanti-freeze coolant or equivalent withthe proper mixture ratio of 50% anti-freeze and 50% demineralizedwater/distilled water. The use of othertypes of coolant solutions may damageyour engine cooling system.

Outside temperaturedown to Anti-

freeze

Deminer-alizedwater/distilledwater°C °F

−35 −30 50% 50%

WARNING

� Never remove the radiator cap whenthe engine is hot. Serious burnscould be caused by high pressurefluid escaping from the radiator. Waituntil the engine and radiator cooldown.

� See “If your vehicle overheats” in the“6. In case of emergency” section.

� The radiator is equipped with a pres-sure cap. To prevent engine damage,use only a genuine NISSAN radiatorcap.

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANTLEVELCheck the coolant level in the reservoir tankwhen the engine is cold. If the coolant level isbelow MIN, add coolant up to the MAX level. Ifthe reservoir tank is empty, add the coolant tothe reservoir tank up to the MAX level.

If the engine cooling system frequentlyrequires coolant, have it checked by yourNISSAN dealer.

SDI1493

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANTContact your NISSAN dealer if replacement isrequired.

� Major cooling system repairs should be per-formed by your NISSAN dealer. The serviceprocedures can be found in the appropriateNISSAN Service Manual.

� Improper servicing can result in reducedheater performance and engine overheating.

WARNING

� To avoid being scalded, never changethe coolant when the engine is hot.

� Never remove the radiator cap whenthe engine is hot. Serious burnscould be caused by high pressurefluid escaping from the radiator.

� Avoid direct skin contact with usedcoolant. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaneras soon as possible.

� Keep coolant out of reach of childrenand pets.

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply

parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operatingtemperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 10minutes for the oil to drain back into theoil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean. Rein-sert it all the way.

5. Remove the dipstick again and check the oillevel. It should be between the H and Lmarks. If the oil level is below the L mark,remove the oil filler cap and pour recom-mended oil through the opening. Do notoverfill.

6. Recheck oil level with dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during thebreak-in period, depending on the severityof operating conditions.

CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regularly.Operating with insufficient amount ofoil can damage the engine, and suchdamage is not covered by warranty.

SDI0534

ENGINE OIL


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

CHANGING ENGINE OIL1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply

the parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operatingtemperature.

3. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10minutes.

4. Place a large drain pan under the drain plug.

5. Remove the oil filler cap.

6. Remove the drain plug with a wrench andcompletely drain the oil.

If oil filter is to be changed, remove andreplace it at this time. See later in “Engine oil”for changing engine oil filter.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself, as theengine oil is hot.

� Waste oil must be disposed of properly.

� Check your local regulations.

7. Clean and re-install the drain plug with a newwasher. Securely tighten the drain plug with awrench.

Drain plug tightening torque:

22 to 29 ft-lb(29 to 39 N⋅m)

Do not use excessive force.

8. Refill engine with recommended oil and in-stall the cap securely.

CAUTION

Never pull out the oil level gauge whilefilling engine oil.

See “Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants” in the “9. Technical and con-sumer information” section for drain and refillcapacity. The drain and refill capacity de-pends on the oil temperature and drain time.Use these specifications for reference only.Always use the dipstick to determine theproper amount of oil in the engine.

9. Start the engine.

Check for leakage around the drain plug.Correct as required.

10.Turn the engine off and wait more than 10minutes. Check the oil level with the dip-stick. Add engine oil if necessary.

11.Dispose of waste oil properly.

WARNING

� Prolonged and repeated contact with

SDI0974


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

used engine oil may cause skin can-cer.

� Try to avoid direct skin contact withused oil. If skin contact is made,wash thoroughly with soap or handcleaner as soon as possible.

� Keep used engine oil out of reach ofchildren.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and applythe parking brake.

2. Turn the engine off.

3. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench.Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself, as theengine oil may be hot.

4. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surfacewith a clean rag.

Be sure to remove any old rubber gasketremaining on the mounting surface of theengine.

5. Coat the rubber gasket on the new filter withclean engine oil.

6. Screw in the oil filter until a slight resistanceis felt, then tighten additionally more than 2/3turn.

Oil filter tightening torque:

11 to 15 ft-lb (15 to 20 N⋅m)

7. Start the engine and check for leakagearound the oil filter. Correct as required.

8. Turn the engine off and wait several minutes.Check the oil level. Add engine oil if neces-sary.

SDI0975


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Contact your NISSAN dealer if checking orreplacement is required.

CAUTION

� Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT FluidNS-2. Do not mix with other fluids.

� Using transmission fluid other thanGenuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2 willdamage the CVT transmission, whichis not covered by the NISSAN newvehicle limited warranty.

The specified CVT fluid is also described oncaution labels located in the engine compart-ment.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir tank.

The fluid level should be checked using the HOTrange at fluid temperatures of 122 to 176°F (50to 80°C) or using the COLD range at fluidtemperatures of 32 to 86°F (0 to 30°C).

CAUTION

� Do not overfill.

� Use Genuine Nissan PSF or equiva-lent.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the fluid isbelow the MIN line or the brake warning lightcomes on, add DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line.If fluid must be added frequently, the systemshould be thoroughly checked by your NISSANdealer.

WARNING

Use only new fluid. Old, inferior, or con-taminated fluid may damage the brakesystem. The use of improper fluids candamage the brake system and affect the

SDI1443 SDI1502

CVT FLUID POWER STEERING FLUID BRAKE FLUID


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

vehicle’s stopping ability.

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on painted sur-faces. This will damage the paint. If fluidis spilled, wash with water.

Add fluid when the low washer fluid warning lightcomes on. Add a washer solvent to the water forbetter cleaning. In the winter season, add awindshield washer anti-freeze. Follow the manu-facturer’s instructions for the mixture ratio.

WARNING

Anti-freeze is poisonous and should bestored carefully in marked containersout of the reach of children.

CAUTION

Do not substitute engine anti-freezecoolant for window washer solution.This may result in damage to the paint.SDI1494

WINDOW WASHER FLUID


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

� Keep the battery surface clean and dry. Anycorrosion should be washed off with a solu-tion of baking soda and water.

� Make certain the terminal connections areclean and securely tightened.

� If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days orlonger, disconnect the (—) negative batteryterminal cable to prevent discharging it.

WARNING

� Do not expose the battery to flamesor electrical sparks. Hydrogen gasgenerated by battery action is explo-sive. Do not allow battery fluid tocontact your skin, eyes, fabrics, orpainted surfaces. After touching abattery or battery cap, do not touchor rub your eyes. Thoroughly washyour hands. If the acid contacts youreyes, skin or clothing, immediatelyflush with water for at least 15 min-utes and seek medical attention.

� Do not operate the vehicle if the fluidin the battery is low. Low battery fluidcan cause a higher load on the bat-

tery which can generate heat, reducebattery life, and in some cases leadto an explosion.

� When working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protectionand remove all jewelry.

� Battery posts, terminals and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds. Wash hands after han-dling.

� Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.

Check the fluid level in each cell. It should bebetween the MAX and MIN lines.

If the side of the battery is not visible, theelectrolyte level can be checked through eachfiller opening as illustrated.

If it is necessary to add fluid, add only distilledwater to bring the level to the indicator in eachfiller opening. Do not overfill.

Vehicles operated in high temperatures or undersevere conditions require frequent checks of thebattery fluid level.1. Remove the cell plugs.2. Add distilled water up to the MAX level.3. Tighten cell plugs.

DI0137M

BATTERY


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

JUMP STARTINGIf jump starting is necessary, see “Jump starting”in the “6. In case of emergency” section. If theengine does not start by jump starting, thebattery may have to be replaced. Contact yourNISSAN dealer.

WARNING

Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF orLOCK position. The engine could rotateunexpectedly.

1. Visually inspect each belt for signs of unusualwear, cuts, fraying, oil adhesion or looseness.If the belt is in poor condition or loose, haveit replaced or adjusted by your NISSANdealer.

2. Have the belts checked regularly for condi-tion and tension.

SDI1480 SDI0141

DRIVE BELTS


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

WARNING

Be sure the engine and ignition switchare off and that the parking brake isengaged securely.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket toremove the spark plugs. An incorrectsocket can damage the spark plugs.

REPLACING SPARK PLUGS

Platinum-tipped spark plugsIt is not necessary to replace the platinum-tippedspark plugs as frequently as the conventionaltype spark plugs since they will last much longer.Follow the maintenance schedule but, do notreuse them by cleaning or regapping.

If replacement is required, see your NISSANdealer for servicing.

Always replace with recommendedplatinum-tipped spark plugs.

To remove the filter from the air cleaner, pushdown the lock pins �1 and pull the unit upward�2 .

The filter element should not be cleaned andreused. Replace it according to the maintenancelog shown in the separate Service and Mainte-nance Guide. When replacing the filter, wipe theinside of the air cleaner housing and the coverwith a damp cloth.

WARNING

� Operating the engine with the air

SDI0145 SDI1495

SPARK PLUGS AIR CLEANER


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

cleaner removed can cause you orothers to be burned. The air cleanernot only cleans the air, it stops flameif the engine backfires. If it is notthere, and the engine backfires, youcould be burned. Do not drive withthe air cleaner removed and be care-ful when working on the engine withthe air cleaner removed.

� Never pour fuel into the throttle bodyor attempt to start the engine withthe air cleaner removed. Doing socould result in serious injury.

CAUTION

� After wiper blade replacement, returnthe wiper arm to its original position.

Otherwise it may be damaged whenthe engine hood is opened.

� Make sure the wiper blade contactsthe glass, otherwise the arm may bedamaged from wind pressure.

� Worn windshield wiper blades candamage the windshield and impairdriver vision.

CLEANING

If your windshield is not clear after using thewindshield washer or if a wiper blade chatterswhen running, wax or other material may be onthe blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Your wind-shield is clean if beads do not form when rinsingwith clear water.

Clean the blade by wiping it with a cloth soakedin a washer solution or a mild detergent. Then

rinse the blade with clear water. If your wind-shield is still not clear after cleaning the bladesand using the wiper, replace the blades.

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

REPLACING

Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition and the windshield wiper switch ON.Turn the ignition switch OFF when the wiperis in the fully up position. The wiper will stopas illustrated.

The wiper should be in the fully up positionto avoid scratching the engine hood orwiper arm.

2. Pull the wiper arm up.

Hold the wiper arm to avoid hitting the

windshield and damaging the glass.

3. Push the lock pin, then remove the wiperblade.

4. Insert the new wiper blade to the wiper armuntil a click sounds.

SDI1503 DI1018M


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

If you wax the surface of the hood, becareful not to let wax get into the washernozzle. This may clog the nozzle �A thatcould cause improper windshield washeroperation. If wax gets into the nozzle, un-clog it with a needle or small pin �B .

Contact your NISSAN dealer if checking orreplacement is required.

CHECKING PARKING BRAKEFrom the released position, depress the parkingbrake pedal slowly and firmly, and check thedistance between the initial and final position ofthe pedal. If it is out of the range shown above,see your NISSAN dealer.

SDI1496

SDI1391

REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADE PARKING BRAKE AND BRAKEPEDAL


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

CHECKING BRAKE PEDALWith the engine running, check the distancebetween the upper surface of the pedal and themetal floor. If it is out of the range shown above,see your NISSAN dealer.

Self-adjusting brakesYour vehicle is equipped with self-adjustingbrakes.

The disc-type brakes self-adjust every time thebrake pedal is applied.

WARNING

See your NISSAN dealer and have itchecked if the brake pedal height doesnot return to normal.

Brake pad wear indicatorsThe disc brake pads on your vehicle have au-dible wear indicators. When a brake pad re-quires replacement, it will make a high pitchedscraping or screeching sound when the vehicleis in motion whether or not the brake pedal isdepressed. Have the brakes checked as soon aspossible if the wear indicator sound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions, occa-sional brake squeak, squeal or other noise maybe heard. Occasional brake noise during light tomoderate stops is normal and does not affectthe function or performance of the brake system.

Proper brake inspection intervals shouldbe followed. For additional information, see theseparate Service and Maintenance Guide.

BRAKE BOOSTERCheck the brake booster function as follows:

1. With the engine off, press and release thebrake pedal several times. When brake pedalmovement (distance of travel) remains thesame from one pedal application to the next,continue on to the next step.

2. While depressing the brake pedal, start theengine. The pedal height should drop a little.

3. With the brake pedal depressed, stop theengine. Keeping the pedal depressed forabout 30 seconds, the pedal height shouldnot change.

4. Run the engine for one minute without de-pressing the brake pedal, then turn it off.Depress the brake pedal several times. Thepedal travel distance will decrease graduallywith each depression as the vacuum is re-leased from the booster.

If the brakes do not operate properly, see yourNISSAN dealer.

DI1020MJ


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of higher amperagerating than that specified on the fusebox cover. This could damage the elec-trical system or cause a fire.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition key and headlight switchare OFF.

2. Open the engine hood.

3. Remove the fusible link cover.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.

5. If the fuse is open, replace it with a new fuse.

6. If a new fuse also opens, have the electrical

system checked and repaired by yourNISSAN dealer.

Fusible linksIf any electrical equipment does not operate andfuses are in good condition, check the fusiblelinks. If any of these fusible links are melted,replace only with genuine NISSAN parts.

SDI1504

FUSES


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition key and the headlightswitch are OFF.

2. Pull to open the fuse box lid �1 .

3. Pinch the fuse perpendicularly with the fusepuller �A and pull it out.

4. If the fuse is open, replace it with a new fuse�B .

5. If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired by your

NISSAN dealer.

Replace the battery as follows:

1. Open the lid using a suitable tool.

2. Replace the battery with a new one.Recommended battery: Sanyo CR2025 orequivalent

SDI1505

SPA1374

KEYFOB BATTERYREPLACEMENT


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Make sure that the ⊕ side faces thebottom case.

3. Close the lid securely.

4. Push the keyfob button two or three times tocheck its operation.

See your NISSAN dealer if you need any assis-tance for replacement.

If the battery is removed for any reasonother than replacement, perform step 4above.

� Be careful not to touch a circuit boardand a battery terminal.

� An improperly disposed battery canharm the environment. Always confirmlocal regulations for battery disposal.

� The keyfob is water-resistant; however,if it does get wet, immediately wipecompletely dry.

� When changing batteries, do not letdust or oil get on the keyfob.

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the manufacturer compliancecould void the user’s authority to operatethe equipment. This device complies withPart 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS-210 of

Industry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions: (1) This de-vice may not cause harmful interference,and (2) this device must accept any inter-ference received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation of thedevice.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

1. Front turn signal light or front park light

2. Headlight (low-beam, high-beam)

3. Front park light or front turn signal light

4. Map light

5. Ceiling light

6. Rear personal light

7. Front fog light (if so equipped)/Daytime, run-ning light (for Canada)

8. Front side marker light

9. Step light

10. High-mounted stop light

Rear combination lights

11. Turn signal light (Rear combination lights)

12. Side marker light (Rear combination lights)

13. License plate lights

14. Back-up light

15. Luggage light

16. Stop/tail light (Rear combination lights)

SDI1497

LIGHTS


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

HEADLIGHTS

Replacing

If replacement is required, see a NISSAN dealer.

Xenon headlight bulb:

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

When xenon headlights are on, theyproduce a high voltage. To prevent anelectric shock, never attempt to modifyor disassemble the headlight assembly.Always have your xenon headlights re-placed at a NISSAN dealer. For addi-tional information, see “Headlight andturn signal switch” in the “2. Instru-ments and controls” section.

Halogen headlight bulb:

The headlight is a semi-sealed beam type whichuses a replaceable headlight (halogen) bulb. Ifreplacement is required, see your NISSANdealer.

CAUTION

� High pressure halogen gas is sealedinside the halogen bulb. The bulbmay break if the glass envelope isscratched or the bulb is dropped.

� When handling the bulb, do not touchthe glass envelope.

� Do not touch the bulb.

� Use the same number and wattage asoriginally installed:Bulb no. (Wattage)D2R (35W) - Xenon low/high-beamor

HB5 (65/55W) - Halogen low/high-beam

� Do not leave the bulb out of theheadlight reflector for a long periodof time as dust, moisture, and smokemay enter the headlight body andaffect the performance of the head-light.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.

Front turn signal* 21 T20

Front park light* 3.8 T10 C-2F

Front side marker light* 3.8 T10 C-2F

Front fog light (if so equipped)* 51 HB4

Rear combination light*

Turn signal 21 T20

Stop/Tail 21/5 T20

Side marker light 5 T10

Back-up* 16 21CP

License plate light* 5 T10

High-mounted stop light* 2.4 LED

Ceiling light 8

Map light 8

Rear personal light* 8

Step light* 2.7 161

Luggage light 8 158

Vanity mirror light (if so equipped) 2 —

*: See a NISSAN dealer for replacement.

Replacement proceduresAll other lights are either type A, B, C or D. Whenreplacing a bulb, first remove the lens and/orcover.

MDI0006


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

If you have a flat tire, see “Flat tire” in the“6. In case of emergency” section.

TIRE PRESSUREMaximum inflation pressureDo not exceed the maximum inflation pressuresshown on the side wall of the tire.

Tire inflation pressureCheck the tire pressure (including spare) at leastonce a month and always prior to long distancetrips. Incorrect tire pressure may adversely affecttire life and vehicle handling. Tire pressureshould be checked when tires are COLD. Tiresare considered COLD after the vehicle has been

SDI1498

SDI1499

SDI1500

SDI1506

DI1033M

WHEELS AND TIRES


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

parked for 3 or more hours, or driven less than 1mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds. COLD tirepressures are shown on the tire placard affixedto the center pillar.

Low tire pressure warning system (ifso equipped)

The low tire pressure warning system displaysthe tire pressure of all tires (except the spare tire)on the display screen by sending a signal from asensor that is installed in each wheel. For moredetails, refer to “Low tire pressure warning light”in the “2. Instruments and controls” section,“Low tire pressure warning system” in the “5.Starting and driving” section, and “Flat tire” inthe “6. In case of emergency” section. If the tirepressure displayed on the display screen islower than the COLD tire pressure shown on thetire placard, check the pressure of all four tiresand adjust them to the COLD tire pressure asindicated above. The low tire pressure warningsystem will activate only when the vehicle isdriven at speeds above 20 MPH (32 km/h).

WARNING

� Improperly inflated tires can fail sud-denly and cause an accident.

� The vehicle capacity weight is indi-cated on the tire placard. Do not loadyour vehicle beyond this capacity.Overloading your vehicle may resultin reduced tire life, unsafe operatingconditions due to premature tire fail-ure, or unfavorable handling charac-teristics and could also lead to aserious accident. Loading beyond thespecified capacity may also result infailure of other vehicle components.

� Before taking a long trip, or when-ever you have loaded your vehicleheavily, use a tire pressure gauge toensure that the tire pressure is at thespecified level.

� Do not drive your vehicle over 85MPH (140 km/h) unless it is equippedwith high speed capability tires. Driv-ing faster than 85 MPH (140 km/h)may result in tire failure, loss of con-trol and possible injury.

� For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire Safety In-

formation” (Canada) in the WarrantyInformation booklet.

TYPES OF TIRES

CAUTION

� When changing or replacing tires, besure all four tires are of the sametype (for example, summer, all sea-son or snow) and construction. YourNISSAN dealer may be able to helpyou with information about tire type,size, speed rating and availability.Replacement tires may have a lowerspeed rating than the factoryequipped tires, and may not matchthe potential maximum vehiclespeed. Never exceed the maximumspeed rating of the tire.

� For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire Safety In-formation” (Canada) in the WarrantyInformation booklet.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

All season tires

NISSAN specifies all season tires on somemodels to provide good performance for use allyear around, including snowy and icy road con-ditions. All season tires are identified by ALLSEASON and/or M&S (Mud and Snow) on thetire sidewall. Snow tires have better snow trac-tion than all season tires and may be moreappropriate in some areas.

Summer tiresNISSAN specifies summer tires on some modelsto provide superior performance on dry roads.Summer tire performance in snow and ice will besubstantially reduced. Summer tires do not havethe tire traction rating M&S (Mud and Snow) onthe tire sidewall.

If you operate your vehicle in snowy or icyconditions, NISSAN recommends the use ofsnow or all season tires on all four wheels.

Snow tiresIf snow tires are needed, it is necessary to selecttires equivalent in size and load rating to theoriginal equipment tires. If you do not, it canadversely affect the safety and handling of yourvehicle.

Generally, snow tires will have lower speedratings than factory equipped tires and may not

match the potential maximum vehicle speed.Never exceed the maximum speed rating of thetire.

If you operate your vehicle in snowy or icyconditions, NISSAN recommends the use ofsnow or all season tires on all four wheels.

For additional traction on icy roads, studded tiresmay be used. However, some provinces andstates prohibit their use. Check local, state andprovincial laws before installing studded tires.Skid and traction capabilities of studded snowtires, on wet or dry surfaces, may be poorer thanthat of non-studded snow tires.

All wheel drive models

CAUTION

Always use tires of the same size,brand, construction (bias, bias-belted orradial), and tread pattern on all fourwheels. Failure to do so may result in acircumference difference between tireson the front and rear axles which willcause excessive tire wear and may dam-age the transmission, transfer case anddifferential gears.

If excessive tire wear is found, it is recommendedthat all four tires be replaced with tires of thesame size, brand, construction and tread pat-tern. The tire pressure and wheel alignmentshould also be checked and corrected as nec-essary. Contact your NISSAN dealer.


Do not drive with tire chains on paved roadswhich are clear of snow. Driving with chains insuch conditions can cause damage to the vari-ous mechanisms of the vehicle due to someoverstress.

TIRE CHAINSUse of tire chains may be prohibited accordingto location. Check the local laws before installingtire chains. When installing tire chains, makesure they are of proper size for the tires on yourvehicle and are installed according to the chainmanufacturer’s suggestions. Use only SAEclass S chains. Class “S” chains are used onvehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance.Vehicles that can use Class “S” chains aredesigned to meet the SAE standard minimumclearances between the tire and the closestvehicle suspension or body component requiredto accommodate the use of a winter tractiondevice (tire chains or cables). The minimumclearances are determined using the factory


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

equipped tire size. Other types may damageyour vehicle. Use chain tensioners when recom-mended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensurea tight fit. Loose end links of the tire chain mustbe secured or removed to prevent the possibilityof whipping action damage to the fenders orundercarriage. If possible, avoid fully loadingyour vehicle when using tire chains. In addition,drive at a reduced speed. Otherwise, your ve-hicle may be damaged and/or vehicle handlingand performance may be adversely affected.

� Never install tire chains on a T-typespare tire.

� Do not use the chains on dry roads.


Do not drive with tire chains on paved roadswhich are clear of snow. Driving with chains insuch conditions can cause damage to the vari-ous mechanisms of the vehicle due to someoverstress.

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES

Tire rotationNISSAN recommends that tires be rotated every7,500 miles (12,000 km).

Wheel nut tightening torque:80 ft-lb (108 N⋅m)

See “Flat tire” in the “6. In case of emergency”section for tire replacing procedures.

WARNING

� After rotating the tires, adjust the tirepressure.

� Retighten the wheel nuts when thevehicle has been driven for 600 miles(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire,etc.).

� Do not include the T-type spare tireor any other small size spare tire inthe tire rotation.


SDI0724


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Tire wear and damage

WARNING

� Tires should be periodically in-spected for wear, cracking, bulging,or objects caught in the tread. If ex-cessive wear, cracks, bulging, ordeep cuts are found, the tire shouldbe replaced.

� The original tires have a built-in treadwear indicator. When the wear

indicator is visible, the tire should bereplaced.

� Improper service for a spare tire mayresult in serious personal injury. If itis necessary to repair the spare tire,contact your NISSAN dealer.


Replacing wheels and tires

When replacing a tire, use the same size, speedrating and load carrying capacity as originallyequipped. See “Specifications” in the “9. Tech-nical and consumer information” section for rec-ommended types and sizes of tires and wheels.

WARNING

� The use of tires other than thoserecommended or the mixed use oftires of different brands, construction

(bias, bias-belted or radial), or treadpatterns can adversely affect the ride,braking, handling, ground clearance,body-to-tire clearance, tire chainclearance, speedometer calibration,headlight aim and bumper height.Some of these effects may lead toaccidents and could result in seriouspersonal injury.

� If the wheels are changed for anyreason, always replace with wheelswhich have the same offset dimen-sion. Wheels of a different offsetcould cause early tire wear, possiblydegraded vehicle handling character-istics and/or interference with thebrake discs. Such interference canlead to decreased braking efficiencyand/or early brake pad wear.

� When a spare tire is mounted or awheel is replaced, the pressure ofthat tire will not be indicated and notbe monitored by the low tire pressurewarning system. Contact yourNISSAN dealer as soon as possible

MDI0004


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

for tire replacement and/or systemresetting. (For models with the lowtire pressure warning system)

� Do not install a deformed wheel ortire even if it has been repaired. Suchwheels or tires could have structuraldamage and could fail without warn-ing.

� The use of retread tire is not recom-mended.


Wheel balance

Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handlingand tire life. Even with regular use, wheels canget out of balance. Therefore, they should bebalanced as required.

Wheel balance service should be performedwith the wheels off the vehicle. Spin balancingthe front wheels on the vehicle could lead totransmission damage.

For additional information regarding tires, refer to“Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or “TireSafety Information” (Canada) in the WarrantyInformation booklet.

Care of wheels� Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle

to maintain their appearance.

� Clean the inner side of the wheels when thewheel is changed or the underside of thevehicle is washed.

� Do not use abrasive cleaners when washingthe wheels.

� Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents orcorrosion. Such damage may cause loss ofpressure or poor seal at the tire bead.

� NISSAN recommends that the road wheelsbe waxed to protect against road salt in areaswhere it is used during winter.

Spare tire (T-type spare tire)Observe the following precautions if the T-typespare tire must be used, otherwise your vehiclecould be damaged or involved in an accident.

CAUTION

� The T-type spare tire should be usedonly for emergency. It should be re-placed by the standard tire at the firstopportunity.

� Drive carefully while the T-type sparetire is installed.

Avoid sharp turns and abrupt brakingwhile driving.

� Periodically check the T-type sparetire inflation pressure, and alwayskeep it at 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 bar).

� Always keep the pressure of the fullsize spare tire (if so equipped) at therecommended pressure for standardtires, as indicated on the tire placard.For tire placard location, see “Tireplacard” in the “9. Technical and con-sumer information”.

� Do not drive your vehicle at speedsfaster than 50 MPH (80 km/h).

� Do not use tire chains on a T-type


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

spare tire. Tire chains will not fitproperly on the T-type spare tire andmay cause damage to the vehicle.

� When driving on roads covered withsnow or ice, the T-type spare tireshould be used on the rear wheel andthe original tire used on the frontwheels (drive wheels). Use tire chainsonly on the front two original tires.

� Tire tread of the T-type spare tire willwear at a faster rate than the originaltire. Replace the T-type spare tire assoon as the tread wear indicatorsappear.

� Because the T-type spare tire issmaller than the original tire, groundclearance is reduced. To avoid dam-age to the vehicle do not drive overobstacles. Also do not drive the ve-hicle through an automatic car washsince it may get caught.

� Do not use the T-type spare tire onother vehicles.

� Do not use more than one T-type

spare tire at the same time.

� Do not tow a trailer while the T-typespare tire is installed.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

MEMO


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

9 Technical and consumer information

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants................ 9-2Fuel recommendation...................................................... 9-3Engine oil and oil filter recommendation.................... 9-5Recommended SAE viscosity number ....................... 9-6Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricantrecommendations............................................................. 9-6

Specifications.......................................................................... 9-7Engine ................................................................................. 9-7Wheels and tires .............................................................. 9-9Dimensions and weights ................................................ 9-9

When traveling or registering your vehicle in anothercountry.................................................................................... 9-10Vehicle identification........................................................... 9-10

Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate ................ 9-10Vehicle identification number (Chassis number) ... 9-10Engine serial number .................................................... 9-11F.M.V.S.S. certification label ....................................... 9-11Emission control information label ............................ 9-11Tire placard ..................................................................... 9-12Air conditioner specification label ............................. 9-12

Installing front license plate .............................................. 9-13Vehicle loading information............................................... 9-14

Terms ................................................................................ 9-14Determining vehicle load capacity ............................ 9-14Loading tips .................................................................... 9-15Payload weight capacity .............................................. 9-15Measurement of weights ............................................. 9-15

Towing a trailer .................................................................... 9-16Maximum load limits...................................................... 9-16Towing load/specification chart ................................. 9-18Towing safety.................................................................. 9-18

Uniform tire quality grading............................................... 9-21Emission control system warranty................................... 9-22Reporting safety defects (US only) ................................ 9-22Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) test (USonly) ........................................................................................ 9-22Owner’s Manual/Service Manual orderinformation .......................................................................... 9-24

In the event of a collision ............................................ 9-24

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedureinstructed in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Capacity (Approximate)RecommendedspecificationsUS

measureImp

measure Liter

Fuel 21-5/8 gal 18 gal 82 Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI (RON 91)*1

Engine oil*6Drain and refill

With oil filter change 4-1/4 qt 3-1/2 qt 4.0 � API Certification Mark*2, *3� API grade SG/SH, Energy Conserving I & II or API grade SJ or SL, EnergyConserving*2, *3

� ILSAC grade GF-I, GF-II & GF-III*2, *3Without oil filter change 3-7/8 qt 3-1/4 qt 3.7

Cooling system

With reservoir 9-3/4 qt 8-1/8 qt 9.2Genuine NISSAN anti-freeze coolant or equivalent

Reservoir 7/8 qt 3/5 qt 0.8

Differential gear oil — — — API GL-5, Viscosity SAE 80W-90*4

CVT fluid — — — Genuine Nissan CVT Fluid NS-2*5

Transfer fluid — — — API GL-5, Viscosity SAE 80W-90

Power steering fluid Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructions inthe “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

Genuine Nissan PSF or equivalent*7

Brake fluid Genuine Nissan Brake Fluid*8 or equivalent DOT 3 (US FMVSS No. 116)

Multi-purpose grease — — — NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)

Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — HFC-134a (R-134a)*9

Air conditioning system lubricants — — — Nissan A/C System OilType S or exact equivalent

*1: For additional information, see later in this paragraph for fuel recommendation.*2: For additional information, see later in this paragraph for engine oil and oil filter recommendation.*3: For additional information, see later in this paragraph for recommended SAE viscosity number.*4: For hot climates, viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 0°C (32°F).*5: Use only Genuine Nissan CVT Fluid NS-2. Using transmission fluid other than Genuine Nissan CVT Fluid NS-2 will damage the CVT transmission, which

is not covered by the Nissan new vehicle limited warranty.*6: For additional information, see “Engine oil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section for changing engine oil.*7: For Canada, Nissan Automatic Transmission fluid (ATF), DEXRONTMIII/MERCONTM or equivalent ATF may also be used.*8: Available in mainland US through your NISSAN dealer.*9: For additional information, see “Vehicle identification” in this section for air conditioner specification label.

CAPACITIES ANDRECOMMENDEDFUEL/LUBRICANTS

9-2 Technical and consumer information

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

FUEL RECOMMENDATION

Use unleaded regular gasoline with an oc-tane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number91).

For improved vehicle performance,NISSAN recommends the use of unleadedpremium gasoline with an octane rating ofat least 91 AKI number (Research octanenumber 96).

CAUTION

Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emission con-trol devices and systems, and could alsoaffect the warranty coverage.

Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, since this willdamage the three-way catalyst.

Reformulated gasoline

Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu-lated gasolines. These gasolines are speciallydesigned to reduce vehicle emissions. NISSANsupports efforts towards cleaner air and sug-

gests that you use reformulated gasoline whenavailable.

Gasoline containing oxygenatesSome fuel suppliers sell gasoline containingoxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE and metha-nol with or without advertising their presence.NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels ofwhich the oxygenate content and the fuel com-patibility for your NISSAN cannot be readilydetermined. If in doubt, ask your service stationmanager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, please takethe following precautions as the usage of suchfuels may cause vehicle performance problemsand/or fuel system damage.

� The fuel should be unleaded and havean octane rating no lower than thatrecommended for unleaded gasoline.

� If an oxygenate-blend, excepting amethanol blend, is used, it should con-tain no more than 10% oxygenate.(MTBE may, however, be added up to15%.)

� If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol (me-thyl alcohol, wood alcohol). It shouldalso contain a suitable amount of ap-propriate cosolvents and corrosion in-

hibitors. If not properly formulated withappropriate cosolvents and corrosioninhibitors, such methanol blends maycause fuel system damage and/or ve-hicle performance problems. At thistime, sufficient data is not available toensure that all methanol blends aresuitable for use in NISSAN vehicles.

If any undesirable driveability problems such asengine stalling and hard hot starting are experi-enced after using oxygenate-blend fuels, imme-diately change to a non-oxygenate fuel or a fuelwith a low blend of MTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline during refu-eling. Gasoline containing oxygenates cancause paint damage.

Aftermarket fuel additives

NISSAN does not recommend the use of anyfuel additives (for example, fuel injector cleaner,octane booster, intake valve deposit removers,etc.) which are sold commercially. Many of theseadditives intended for gum, varnish or depositremoval may contain active solvent or similaringredients that can be harmful to the fuel sys-tem and engine.

Octane rating tipsIn most parts of North America, you should use

Technical and consumer information 9-3

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of atleast 87 or 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number.However, you may use unleaded gasoline withan octane rating as low as 85 AKI number inthese high altitude areas [over 4,000 ft (1,219m)] such as: Colorado, Montana, New Mexico,Utah, Wyoming, northeastern Nevada, southernIdaho, western South Dakota, western Ne-braska, and that part of Texas which is directlysouth of New Mexico.

Using unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than stated above can causepersistent, heavy spark knock. (Sparkknock is a metallic rapping noise.) If se-vere, this can lead to engine damage. If youdetect a persistent heavy spark knock evenwhen using gasoline of the stated octanerating, or if you hear steady spark knockwhile holding a steady speed on levelroads, have your dealer correct the condi-tion. Failure to correct the condition ismisuse of the vehicle, for which NISSAN isnot responsible.

Incorrect ignition timing will result in knocking,after-run or overheating. This in turn may causeexcessive fuel consumption or damage to theengine. If any of the above symptoms are en-countered, have your vehicle checked at aNISSAN dealer or other competent service fa-cility.

However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This is nocause for concern, because you get thegreatest fuel benefit when there is lightspark knock for a short time under heavyengine load.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTERRECOMMENDATION

Selecting the correct oil

It is essential to choose the correct quality, andviscosity oil to ensure satisfactory engine life andperformance. NISSAN recommends the use of alow friction oil (energy conserving oil) in order toimprove fuel economy and conserve energy. Oilswhich do not have the specified quality labelshould not be used as they could cause enginedamage.

Only those engine oils with the American Petro-leum Institute (API) certification mark on the front

of the container should be used. This type of oilsupersedes the existing API SG, SH, or SJ andEnergy Conserving I & II categories.

If you cannot find engine oil with the API certifi-cation mark, use an API grade SG/SH, EnergyConserving I & II or API grade SJ or SL, Energyconserving oil. An oil with a single designationSG or SH, or in combination with other catego-ries (for example, SG/CC or SG/CD) may alsobe used if one with the API certification markcannot be found. An ILSAC grade GF-I, GF-II orGF-III oil can also be used.

NISSAN recommends mineral based oils. Theseoils must however, meet the API quality and SAE

viscosity ratings specified for your vehicle.

Oil additivesNISSAN does not recommend the use of oiladditives. The use of an oil additive is notnecessary when the proper oil type is used andmaintenance intervals are followed.

Oil which may contain foreign matter or hasbeen previously used should not be used.

Oil viscosityThe engine oil viscosity or thickness changeswith temperature. Because of this, it is importantthat the engine oil viscosity be selected basedon the temperatures at which the vehicle will beoperated before the next oil change. The recom-mended SAE viscosity number chart shows therecommended oil viscosities for the expectedambient temperatures. Choosing an oil viscosityother than that recommended could cause seri-ous engine damage.

Selecting the correct oil filterYour new vehicle is equipped with a high-qualitygenuine NISSAN oil filter. When replacing, usethe genuine oil filter or its equivalent for thereason described in change intervals.

STI0293


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Change intervalsThe oil and oil filter change intervals for yourengine are based on the use of the specifiedquality oils and filters. Oil and filter other than thespecified quality, or oil and filter change intervalslonger than recommended could reduce enginelife. Damage to engines caused by impropermaintenance or use of incorrect oil and filterquality and/or viscosity is not covered by thenew NISSAN vehicle warranties.

Your engine was filled with a high quality engineoil when it was built. You do not have to changethe oil before the first recommended changeinterval. Oil and filter change intervals dependupon how you use your vehicle. Operation underthe following conditions may require more fre-quent oil and filter changes.

� repeated short distance driving at cold out-side temperatures,

� driving in dusty conditions,

� extensive idling,

� towing a trailer.

RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITYNUMBER

SAE 5W-30 viscosity oil is preferred for allambient temperatures. SAE 10W-30,10W-40 viscosity oil may be used if theambient temperature is above 0°F (−18°C).

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMREFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANTRECOMMENDATIONS

The air conditioning system in this NISSANvehicle must be charged with the refriger-ant HFC-134a (R-134a) and the lubricant,Nissan A/C System Oil Type S or the exactequivalents.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant or lubri-cant will cause severe damage to the airconditioning system and will require thereplacement of all air conditioner sys-tem components.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourNISSAN vehicle will not harm the earth’s ozonelayer. Although this refrigerant does not affectthe earth’s atmosphere, certain governmentalregulations require the recovery and recycling ofany refrigerant during automotive air condition-ing system service. Your NISSAN dealer has thetrained technicians and equipment needed torecover and recycle your air conditioning systemrefrigerant.

TI1028-C


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Contact your NISSAN dealer when servicingyour air conditioning system.

ENGINE

Model VQ35DE

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle

Cylinder arrangement 6-cylinder, V-slanted at 60°

Bore x Stroke in (mm) 3.760 x 3.205 (95.5 x 81.4)

Displacement cu in (cm3) 213.45 (3,498)

Firing order 1-2-3-4-5-6*

Idle speed rpmSee the emission control label onthe underside of the hood.

Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.) degree/rpm

CO percentage at idle speed [No air] %

Spark plugStandard PLFR5A-11

Service option PLFR4A-11, PLFR6A-11

Spark plug gap (Normal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1)

Camshaft operation Timing chain

SPECIFICATIONS


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

The spark ignition system of this vehiclemeets all requirements of the CanadianInterference-Causing Equipment Regula-tions.

TI1009-A


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

WHEELS AND TIRES

Road wheelType Size Offset in (mm)

Aluminum 18 x 7-1/2JJ 1.38 (35)

Tire

Conventional P235/65R18 104T

SpareT165/90D18 107MConventional*

*: For Canada

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

Overall length in (mm) 187.6 (4,767)

Overall width in (mm) 74.0 (1,880)

Overall height without roof rack rail in (mm) 66.5 (1,689)

Overall height with roof rack rail in (mm) 67.3 (1,709)

Front tread in (mm) 64.2 (1,630)

Rear tread in (mm) 64.0 (1,625)

Wheelbase in (mm) 111.2 (2,825)

Gross vehicle weight rating lb (kg)

See the F.M.V.S.S. certifica-tion label on the driver’s sidelock pillar.

Gross axle weight rating

Front lb (kg)

Rear lb (kg)


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

When planning to travel in another country,you should first find out if the fuel available issuitable for your vehicle’s engine.

Using fuel with too low an octane rating maycause engine damage. All gasoline vehiclesmust be operated with unleaded engine gaso-line. Therefore, avoid taking your vehicle to areaswhere appropriate fuel is not available.

When transferring the registration of yourvehicle to another country, state, provinceor district, it may be necessary to modify thevehicle to meet local laws and regulations.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis-sion control and safety standards vary accordingto the country, state, province or district; there-fore, vehicle specifications may differ.

When any vehicle is to be taken into an-other country, state, province or districtand registered, its modifications, transpor-tation, and registration are the responsibil-ity of the user. NISSAN is not responsiblefor any inconvenience that may result.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(VIN) PLATEThe vehicle identification number plate is at-tached as shown. This number is the identifica-tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicleregistration.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(Chassis number)The number is stamped under the passenger’sseat as shown.

STI0334 STI0335

WHEN TRAVELING ORREGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE INANOTHER COUNTRY

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBERThe number is stamped on the engine as shown.

F.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATION LABELThe Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards(F.M.V.S.S.) certification label is affixed asshown. This label contains valuable vehicle in-formation, such as: Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-ings (GVWR), Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR), month and year of manufacture, Ve-hicle Identification Number, (VIN), etc. Review itcarefully.

EMISSION CONTROLINFORMATION LABELThe emission control information label is at-tached as shown.

STI0047 STI0336 STI0337


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

TIRE PLACARDThe cold tire pressure is shown on the tireplacard affixed to the driver’s door center pillar.

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATIONLABELThe air conditioner specification label is affixedinside of the hood as shown.

STI0338 STI0339


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Use the following steps to mount the licenseplate:

Before mounting the license plate, confirm thatthe following parts are enclosed in the vinyl bag.

� License plate bracket

� Screw x 2

� Bolt grommet x 2

� Bolt x 2

1. Temporarily place the license plate bracketwhile aligning points �A of the front bumperfascia with holes �B in the license platebracket.

2. Remove the license plate bracket.

3. Carefully drill two pilot holes �A using a 0.39in (10 mm) drill bit at the marked locations.(Be sure that the drill only goes throughthe fascia, or damage to the nut mayoccur.)

4. Insert grommets into the hole on the fascia.

5. Install the license plate bracket with bolts.

6. Install the license plate with screws �C .

STI0340

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSEPLATE


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

WARNING

� It is extremely dangerous to ride in acargo area inside of a vehicle. In acollision, people riding in these areasare more likely to be seriously in-jured or killed

� Do not allow people to ride in anyarea of your vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seat belts.

� Be sure everyone in your vehicle is ina seat and using a seat belt properly.

TERMS

It is important to familiarize yourself with thefollowing terms before loading your vehicle:

� Curb Weight (actual weight of your vehicle) -vehicle weight including: standard and op-tional equipment, fluids, emergency tools,and spare tire assembly. This weight doesnot include passengers and cargo.

� GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curb weightplus the combined weight of passengers andcargo.

� GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) -maximum total weight (load) limit specified forthe vehicle.

� GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) - maxi-mum weight (load) limit specified for the frontor rear axle.

DETERMINING VEHICLE LOADCAPACITY

The load capacity of this vehicle is determinedby weight, not by available cargo space. Forexample, a luggage rack, bike carrier, cartopcarrier or similar equipment does not increaseload carrying capacity of your vehicle.

To determine vehicle load capacity:

Vehicle weight can be determined by using acommercial-grade scale, found at places suchas a truck stop, gravel quarry, grain elevator, or ascrap metal recycling facility.

1. Determine the curb weight of your vehicle.

2. Compare the curb weight amount to theGVWR specified for your vehicle to deter-mine how much more weight your vehicle cancarry.

3. After loading (cargo and passengers), re-weigh your vehicle to determine if eitherGVWR or GAWR for your vehicle is ex-

ceeded. If GVWR is exceeded, remove cargoas necessary. If either the front or rear GAWRis exceeded, shift the load or remove cargoas necessary.

VEHICLE LOADINGINFORMATION


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

LOADING TIPSThere are tie down hooks located in the cargoarea. The tie down hooks can be used to securecargo with ropes or other types of straps.

� The GVW must not exceed GVWR orGAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S. certi-fication label.

� Do not load the front and rear axle to theGAWR. Doing so will exceed the GVWR.

WARNING


� Do not load your vehicle any heavierthan the GVWR or the maximum frontand rear GAWRs. If you do, parts onyour vehicle can break, or it canchange the way your vehicle handles.This could result in loss of controland cause personal injury.

� Overloading can shorten the life ofyour vehicle. Failures caused by over-loading are not covered by your war-ranty.

PAYLOAD WEIGHT CAPACITY

The payload weight capacity is the maximumtotal weight of passengers, optional equipment(air conditioning, trailer hitch, etc.) and cargothat your vehicle is designed to carry.

Before driving a loaded vehicle, confirm that youdo not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR) for your vehicle. See “Vehicle loadinginformation” earlier in this section for details.

Also check tires for proper inflation pressures.See the tire placard affixed to the glove box lid.

Payload Weight Capacity Unit: lb (kg)

VQ35DE

2WD AWD

US 1,050 (475) 1,090 (495)

Canada — 1,070 (485)

MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS

Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts thatcould affect the balance of your vehicle. Whenthe vehicle is loaded, drive to a scale and weightthe front and the rear wheels separately todetermine axle loads. Individual axle loadsshould not exceed either of the gross axle weightratings (GAWR). The total of the axle loadsshould not exceed the gross vehicle weightrating (GVWR). These ratings are given on thevehicle certification label that is located on thedriver’s door lock pillar. If weight ratings areexceeded, move or remove items to bring allweights below the ratings.

STI0343


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

CAUTION

Overloading can shorten the life of yourvehicle. Failures caused by overloadingare not covered by your warranty.

Your new vehicle was designed to be usedprimarily to carry passengers and cargo. Re-member that towing a trailer will place additionalloads on your vehicle’s engine, drive train, steer-ing, braking and other systems.

A Nissan Trailer Towing Guide (US only) isavailable from a NISSAN dealer. This guideincludes information on trailer towing ability andthe special equipment required for proper tow-ing.

WARNING

Vehicle damage and/or personal injuryresulting from improper towing proce-dures is not covered by NISSAN warran-ties. A NISSAN Trailer Towing Guide(U.S. only) containing information ontrailer towing ability and the specialequipment required may be obtainedfrom a NISSAN dealer.

MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS

Maximum trailer loads

Never allow the total trailer load to exceed thevalue specified in the following TowingLoad/Specification Chart. The total trailer loadequals trailer weight plus its cargo weight.

� When towing a trailer load of 1,000 lbs. (454kg) or more, trailers with a brake systemMUST be used.

The maximum GCWR (Gross CombinedWeightRating) should not exceed the value specified inthe following Towing Load/Specification Chart.

The GCWR equals the combined weight of thetowing vehicle (including passengers and cargo)

CA0009

TOWING A TRAILER


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

plus the total trailer load. Towing loads greaterthan these or using improper towing equipmentcould adversely affect vehicle handling, brakingand performance.

The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is notonly related to the maximum trailer loads, butalso the places you plan to tow. Tow weightsappropriate for level highway driving may have tobe reduced on very steep grades or in lowtraction situations (for example, on slippery boatramps).

Temperature conditions also can affect towing.For example, towing a heavy trailer in highoutside temperatures on graded roads can af-fect engine performance and cause overheating.The transmission high fluid temperature protec-tion mode, which helps reduce the chance oftransmission damage, could activate and auto-matically decrease engine power. Vehicle speedmay decrease to 40 to 50 MPH (65 to 80 km/h)under high load. Plan your trip carefully to ac-count for trailer and vehicle load, weather, androad conditions.

WARNING

Overheating can result in reduced en-gine power and lower vehicle speed.

Also, when the high temperature modeoperates, vehicle speed may be gradu-ally reduced. On highways, the reducedspeed may be lower than other trafficwhich could increase the chance of acollision. Be especially careful whendriving. If necessary, pull to the side ofthe road at a safe place and allow theengine to cool or the transmission toreturn to normal operation.

Tongue loadKeep the tongue load between 9 to 11% of thetotal trailer load within the maximum tongue loadlimits shown in the following TowingLoad/Specifications Chart. If the tongue loadbecomes excessive, rearrange cargo to allow forproper tongue load.

Maximum gross vehicle weight/maximum gross axle weightThe gross vehicle weight of the towing vehiclemust not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating(GVWR) shown on the F.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel. The gross vehicle weight equals the com-bined weight of the unloaded vehicle, passen-gers, luggage, hitch, trailer tongue load and anyother optional equipment. In addition, front orrear gross axle weight must not exceed thegross axle weight rating (GAWR) shown on theF.M.V.S.S. certification label.

TI1012M


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION CHART

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION CHARTUnit: lb (kg)

MODELWEIGHT

VQ35DE

CVT

MAXIMUM TRAILER WEIGHT*1 3,500 (1,588)

MAXIMUM TONGUE LOAD 350 (159)

GROSS COMBINED WEIGHT RATING 8,100 (3,674)

RECOMMENDED EQUIPMENT*2 Sway Control Device (SCD)

*1: All towing above 1,000 lb (454 kg) requires the use of trailer brakes. NISSAN recommends the use ofa tandem axle trailer whenever towing above 3,000 lb (1,361 kg).

*2: A sway control device is recommended for all towing above 2,000 lb (907 kg). Sway control devicesare not offered by NISSAN. See a professional trailer/hitch outlet for a properly designed sway controldevice for your trailer.

TOWING SAFETY

Trailer hitchCheck the towing capacity of your receiver typeframe mounted hitch. Choose a proper hitch foryour vehicle and trailer. A genuine NISSANtrailer hitch is available from your NISSAN dealer(US only). Make sure the trailer hitch is securelyattached to the vehicle, to help avoid personalinjury or property damage due to sway causedby crosswinds, rough road surfaces or passingtrucks.

CAUTION

� Special hitches which include framereinforcements are required for tow-ing above 2,000 lb (907 kg). SuitableGenuine NISSAN hitches for pickuptruck and sport utility vehicles areavailable at a NISSAN dealer.

� Do not use axle-mounted hitches.

� Do not modify the vehicle exhaustsystem, brake system, etc. to install atrailer hitch.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

� After the hitch is removed, seal thebolt holes to prevent exhaust fumes,water or dust from entering the pas-senger compartment.

� Regularly check all hitch mountingbolts are securely mounted.

� To reduce the possibility of addi-tional damage if your vehicle isstruck from the rear, where practical,remove the hitch and/or receiverwhen not in use.

� Never connect a trailer brake systemdirectly to the vehicle brake system.

Tire pressures� When towing a trailer, inflate the vehicle tires

to the recommended cold tire pressure indi-cated on the tire placard (located on thedriver’s door center pillar).

� Trailer tire condition, size, load rating andproper inflation pressure should be in accor-dance with the trailer and tire manufacturers’specifications.

Safety chain

Always use a suitable chain between your ve-hicle and the trailer. The chain should becrossed and should be attached to the hitch, notto the vehicle bumper or axle. Be sure to leaveenough slack in the chain to permit turningcorners.

Trailer lights

Trailer lights should comply with federal and/orlocal regulations. When wiring the vehicle fortowing, connect the stop and tail light pickupinto the vehicle electrical circuit at a point be-tween the sensor and stop light or light switch.

Trailer brakes

If your trailer is equipped with a braking system,make sure it conforms to federal and/or localregulations and that it is properly installed.

WARNING

Never connect a trailer brake systemdirectly to the vehicle brake system.

Pre-towing tips� Be certain your vehicle maintains a level

position when a loaded and/or unloadedtrailer is hitched. Do not drive the vehicle if ithas an abnormal nose-up or nose-down con-dition; check for improper tongue load, over-load, worn suspension or other possiblecauses of either condition.

� Always secure items in the trailer to preventload shifts while driving.

� Be certain your rear view mirrors conform toall federal, state or local regulations. If not,install any mirrors required for towing beforedriving the vehicle.

Trailer towing tipsIn order to gain skill and an understanding of thevehicle’s behavior, you should practice turning,stopping and backing up in an area which is freefrom traffic. Steering stability, and braking per-formance will be somewhat different than undernormal driving conditions.

� Always secure items in the trailer to preventload shift while driving.

� Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration or stops.

� Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.

� Always drive your vehicle at a moderatespeed.

� Always block the wheels on both vehicle and


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

trailer when parking. Parking on a slope is notrecommended; however, if you must do so,first block the wheels and apply the parkingbrake, and then move the selector lever intothe P (Park) position. If you move the selectorlever to the P (Park) position before blockingthe wheels and applying the parking brake,transmission damage could occur.

� When going down a hill, shift into a lowergear and use the engine braking effect.When ascending a long grade, downshift thetransmission to a lower gear and reducespeed to reduce chances of engine overload-ing and/or overheating.

� If the engine coolant rises to an extremelyhigh temperature when the air conditioningsystem is on, turn off the air conditioner.Coolant heat can be additionally vented byopening the windows, switching the fan con-trol to high and setting the temperature con-trol to the HOT position.

� If the transmission fluid rises to an extremelyhigh temperature, a high fluid temperatureprotection mode may operate. See page5-13 for details. If necessary, pull to the sideof the road at a safe place and let thetransmission cool before continuing.

� Trailer towing requires more fuel than normalcircumstances.

� Avoid towing a trailer for the first 500 miles(800 km).

� Have your vehicle serviced more often than atintervals specified in the recommended main-tenance schedule.

� When making a turn, your trailer wheels willbe closer to the inside of the turn than yourvehicle wheels. To compensate for this, makea larger than normal turning radius during theturn.

� Crosswinds and rough roads will adverselyaffect vehicle/trailer handling, possibly caus-ing vehicle sway. When being passed bylarger vehicles, be prepared for possiblechanges in crosswinds that could affect ve-hicle handling. If swaying does occur, firmlygrip the steering wheel, steer straight ahead,and immediately (but gradually) reduce ve-hicle speed. This combination will help stabi-lize the vehicle. Never increase speed.

� Be careful when passing other vehicles.Passing while towing a trailer requires con-siderably more distance than normal passing.Remember the length of the trailer must alsopass the other vehicle before you can safelychange lanes.

� Avoid holding the brake pedal down too longor too frequently. This could cause the brakes

to overheat, resulting in reduced braking ef-ficiency.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

DOT (Department Of Transportation) QualityGrades: All passenger car tires must conform tofederal safety requirements in addition to thesegrades.

Quality grades can be found where applicableon the tire sidewall between tread shoulder andmaximum section width. For example:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

Treadwear

Treadwear grade is a comparative rating basedon tire wear rate when tested under controlledconditions on specified government testcourses. For example, a tire graded 150 wouldwear one and a half (1-1/2) times as well on thegovernment course as a tire graded 100. How-ever, relative tire performance depends on actualdriving conditions, and may vary significantlyfrom the norm due to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences in road char-acteristics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B and C

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, areAA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent thetire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea-sured under controlled conditions on specifiedgovernment test surfaces of asphalt and con-

crete. A tire marked C may have poor tractionperformance.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to your ve-hicle tires is based on straight-aheadbraking traction tests, and does not in-clude acceleration, cornering, hydro-planing, or peak traction characteristics.

Temperature A, B and CTemperature grades are A (the highest), B, andC. They represent a tire’s resistance to heatbuild-up, and its ability to dissipate heat whentested under controlled conditions on a speci-fied indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained hightemperature can cause tire material to degener-ate, reducing tire life. Excessive temperaturescan lead to sudden tire failure. Grade C corre-sponds to a performance level which all passen-ger car tires must meet under the Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades A andB represent higher levels of performance onlaboratory test wheels than the minimum re-quired by law.

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properlyinflated and not overloaded. Excessivespeed, underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or in combi-nation, can cause heat buildup and pos-sible tire failure.

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITYGRADING


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Your NISSAN is covered by the following emis-sion warranties.

For US:

� Emission Defects Warranty

� Emissions Performance Warranty(See Warranty Information Booklet for de-tails)

For Canada:

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of these warranties may be found withother vehicle warranties in your Warranty Infor-mation Booklet that comes with your NISSANvehicle. If you did not receive a Warranty Infor-mation Booklet or it has become lost, you mayobtain a replacement by writing to:

� Nissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 191Gardena, CA. 90248-0191

� Nissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario,L4W 4Z5

If you believe that your vehicle has a defectwhich could cause a crash or could causeinjury or death, you should immediately informthe National Highway Traffic Safety Adminis-tration (NHTSA) in addition to notifyingNISSAN.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it mayopen an investigation, and if it finds that asafety defect exists in a group of vehicles, itmay order a recall and remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannot become involvedin individual problems between you, yourdealer, or NISSAN.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the AutoSafety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236.You may also write to: NHTSA, U.S. Depart-ment of Transportation, Washington, D.C.20590. You can also obtain other informationabout motor vehicle safety from the Hotline.

You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Con-sumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at 1-800-662-6200.In Hawaii call (808) 836-0888.

Due to legal requirements in some states/areas, your vehicle may be required to be in whatis called the “ready condition” for anInspection/Maintenance (I/M) test of the emis-sion control system.

The vehicle is set to the “ready condition” whenit is driven through certain driving patterns.Usually, the “ready condition” can be obtainedby ordinary usage of the vehicle.

If a powertrain system component is repaired orthe battery is disconnected, the vehicle may bereset to a not “ready condition”. Before takingthe I/M test, drive the vehicle through the follow-ing pattern to set the vehicle to the readycondition. If you cannot or do not want toperform the driving pattern, a NISSAN dealercan conduct it for you.

WARNING

Always drive the vehicle in a safe andprudent manner according to trafficconditions, and obey all traffic laws.

1. Start the engine. Allow the engine to idle untilthe engine coolant temperature gauge needlepoints between the C and H (normal operat-ing temperature).

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMWARRANTY

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS(US only)

READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST (USonly)


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

2. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88 km/h),then quickly release the accelerator pedalcompletely and keep it released for at least 6seconds.

3. Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for amoment, then drive the vehicle at a speed of53 to 60 MPH (86 to 96 km/h) for at least 5minutes.

4. Stop the vehicle. Leave the engine running.

5. Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH (55 km/h)and maintain the speed for 20 seconds.

6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 at least 3 times.

7. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88 km/h)and maintain the speed for at least 3 minutes.

8. Stop the vehicle. Place the transmission se-lector lever in the “P” or “N” position.

9. Turn the engine off.

10.Repeat steps 1 through 8 at least one moretime.

If step 1 through 7 is interrupted, repeat thepreceding step. Any safe driving mode is ac-ceptable between steps. Do not stop the engineuntil step 7 is completed.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the bestsource of service and repair information for yourvehicle. Filled with wiring diagrams, illustrationsand step-by-step diagnostic and adjustmentprocedures, this manual is the same one used bythe factory trained technicians working at autho-rized NISSAN dealerships. Also available aregenuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals, and genu-ine NISSAN Service and Owner’s Manuals forolder NISSAN models.

In the USA:

For current pricing and availability of genuineNISSAN Service Manuals for the 2000 modelyear and later, contact:

Tweddle Litho Company1-800-639-8841www.nissan-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability of genuineNISSAN Service Manuals for the 1999 modelyear and prior, see a NISSAN dealer, or contact:

DDS Distribution Services, Ltd.20770 Westwood Dr.Strongsville OH 441361-800-247-5321

For current pricing and availability of genuineNISSAN Owner’s Manuals for the 2002model year and prior, see a NISSAN dealer, orcontact:

DDS Distribution Services, Ltd.20770 Westwood Dr.Strongsville OH 441361-800-247-5321

In Canada:

To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSANService Manual or Owner’s Manual please con-tact your nearest NISSAN dealer. For the phonenumber and location of a NISSAN Dealer in yourarea call the NISSAN Satisfaction Center at1-800-387-0122 and a bilingual NISSAN rep-resentative will assist you.

Also available are Genuine NISSAN Service andOwner’s Manuals for older NISSAN models.

IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISIONUnfortunately, accidents do occur. In this unlikelyevent, there is some important information youshould know. Many insurance companies rou-tinely authorize the use of non-genuine collisionparts in order to cut costs, among other reasons.

OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMATION


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Insist on the use of Genuine NissanCollision Parts!

If you want your vehicle to be restored usingparts made to Nissan’s original exacting speci-fications — if you want to help it to last and holdits resale value, the solution is simple. Tell yourinsurance agent and your repair shop toonly use Genuine Nissan Collision Parts.Nissan does not warrant non-Nissan parts, nordoes Nissan’s warranty apply to damage causedby a non-genuine part.

Using Genuine Nissan Parts can help protectyour personal safety, preserve your warrantyprotection and maintain the resale value of yourvehicle. And if your vehicle was leased, usingGenuine Nissan Parts may prevent or limit un-necessary excess wear and tear expenses at theend of your lease.

Nissan designs its hoods with crumple zones tominimize the risk that the hood will penetrate thewindshield of your vehicle in an accident. Non-genuine (imitation) parts may not provide suchbuilt in safeguards. Also, non-genuine parts of-ten show premature wear, rust and corrosion.

Why should you take a chance?In over 40 states, the law says you must beadvised if non-genuine parts are used to repairyour vehicle. And some states have enacted

laws that restrict insurance companies fromauthorizing the use of non-genuine collisionparts during the new vehicle warranty. Theselaws help protect you, so you can take action toprotect yourself.

It’s your right!If you should need further information visit us at:www.nissanusa.com.


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

MEMO


� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

10 Index

A

ABS (Anti-lock brake system)................................ 5-22Aiming control, headlights....................................... 2-22Air bag system

Front (See supplemental front air bagsystem) .................................................................. 1-15Side and curtain (See supplemental side air bagand curtain side-impact air bag systems).... 1-17

Air bag warning labels ............................................. 1-20Air bag warning light .................................... 1-20, 2-12Air cleaner housing filter.......................................... 8-16Air conditioner

Air conditioner operation .................................. 4-15Air conditioner service........................... 4-15, 4-18Air conditioner specification label .................. 9-12Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricantrecommendations ...................................... 4-18, 9-6Heater and air conditioner (automatic) ......... 4-15

Alcohol, drugs and driving......................................... 5-5All wheel drive (AWD) ............................................. 5-17Anchor point locations

Top tether strap .................................................. 1-41Antenna........................................................................ 4-31Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .............................. 5-22Anti-lock brake warning light .................................... 2-9Appearance care

Exterior appearance care .................................... 7-2Interior appearance care ..................................... 7-3

Armrest ........................................................................... 1-9Audible reminders ..................................................... 2-15Audio operation precautions .................................. 4-20Audio, steering switch for audio system............. 4-30Audio system.............................................................. 4-19Autochanger, Compact Disc (CD) ....................... 4-28Autolight system ........................................................ 2-21Automatic

Anti-glare inside mirror...................................... 3-15Drive positioner ................................................... 3-16

Automatic seat positioner, seat ............................. 3-16Avoiding collision and rollover.................................. 5-4AWD lock switch operations ................................. 5-18

B

Back door ...................................................................... 3-9Battery.......................................................................... 8-14

Battery saver system ......................................... 2-22Battery replacement, (See remote keyless entrysystem) ........................................................................... 3-7Before starting the engine......................................... 5-9Belts (See drive belts) ............................................. 8-15Brake

Anti-lock brake system (ABS)......................... 5-22Brake booster ...................................................... 8-20Brake fluid............................................................. 8-12Brake pedal .......................................................... 8-19Brake pedal check ............................................. 8-20

Brake system ....................................................... 5-21Parking brake check............................... 5-14, 8-19Parking brake operation.................................... 5-14Warning light ....................................................... 2-10

Break-in schedule ..................................................... 5-16Bulb check/instrument panel .................................... 2-9Bulb replacement ...................................................... 8-24

C

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants...... 9-2Car phone or CB radio............................................ 4-31Cargo (See vehicle loading information)............. 2-32Cargo net .................................................................... 2-32Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst ................. 5-3CD care and cleaning.............................................. 4-29Cellular phone holder............................................... 2-28Child restraints........................................................... 1-32

Installation on front passenger seat............... 1-42Installation on rear seat center or outboardpositions................................................................ 1-34Precautions on child restraints........................ 1-32Top tether strap anchor point locations ....... 1-41With top tether strap ......................................... 1-40

Child safety ................................................................. 1-24Child safety rear door lock........................................ 3-4Chimes, Audible reminders..................................... 2-15Circuit breaker, Fusible link .................................... 8-21Cleaning exterior and interior .......................... 7-2, 7-3

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

Clock (with navigation system).............................. 4-12Clock (without navigation system) .......................... 4-4Coin box ...................................................................... 2-28Cold weather driving ................................................ 5-24Compact Disc (CD) changer operation .............. 4-28Compact Disc (CD) player (See audiosystem)......................................................................... 4-27Compact spare tire................................................... 8-32Compass display ......................................................... 2-6Console box................................................................ 2-31Control panel buttons — with navigationsystem............................................................................. 4-7Control panel buttons — without navigationsystem............................................................................. 4-2Controls, Heater and air conditioner controls(automatic) .................................................................. 4-15Coolant

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ................................................................. 9-2Changing engine coolant .................................... 8-9Checking engine coolant level........................... 8-8

Corrosion protection ................................................... 7-5Cover, Tonneau cover.............................................. 2-32Cruise control............................................................. 5-14Cup holders ................................................................ 2-29Curtain side-impact air bag system (Seesupplemental side air bag and curtain side-impactair bag system) .......................................................... 1-17CVT (Continuously Variable Transmission) ........ 5-10CVT fluid...................................................................... 8-12CVT (Continuously Variable Transmission) selectorlever lock release....................................................... 5-13

D

Daytime running light system ................................. 2-23Defroster switch, Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch ......................................................... 2-19Dimensions and weights............................................ 9-9Door open warning light.......................................... 2-11Drive belts ................................................................... 8-15Driving

Cold weather driving ......................................... 5-24Driving with CVT (Continuously VariableTransmission)....................................................... 5-10On-pavement and offroad driving (AWD) ...... 5-5Precautions when starting and driving ............ 5-2Safety precautions ................................................ 5-5

E

Economy, Fuel............................................................ 5-17Emission control information label ........................ 9-11Emission control system warranty......................... 9-22Engine

Before starting the engine .................................. 5-9Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ................................................................. 9-2Changing engine coolant .................................... 8-9Changing engine oil ........................................... 8-10Changing engine oil filter ................................. 8-11Checking engine coolant level........................... 8-8Checking engine oil level .................................... 8-9Coolant temperature gauge ............................... 2-5Engine block heater ........................................... 5-26Engine compartment check locations.............. 8-7

Engine cooling system......................................... 8-8Engine oil................................................................. 8-9Engine oil and oil filter recommendation......... 9-5Engine oil viscosity ............................................... 9-5Engine serial number ......................................... 9-11Engine specifications ........................................... 9-7If your vehicle overheats ................................... 6-10Starting the engine............................................. 5-10

Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide).............................. 5-2

F

F.M.V.S.S. certification label................................... 9-11Filter, Air cleaner housing filter .............................. 8-16Flashers (See hazard warning flasher switch)... 2-24Flat tire............................................................................ 6-2Floor mat cleaning ....................................................... 7-4Fluid

Brake fluid............................................................. 8-12Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ................................................................. 9-2CVT fluid ............................................................... 8-12Engine coolant ....................................................... 8-8Engine oil................................................................. 8-9Power steering fluid ........................................... 8-12Window washer fluid......................................... 8-13

Fog light switch ......................................................... 2-24Front air bag system (See supplemental restraintsystem)......................................................................... 1-15Front manual seat adjustment .................................. 1-2Front power seat adjustment.................................... 1-3Fuel

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ................................................................. 9-2

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

10-2

filler cap................................................................. 3-11filler lid ................................................................... 3-11Fuel economy ...................................................... 5-17Fuel octane rating ................................................. 9-3Fuel recommendation........................................... 9-3Gauge ...................................................................... 2-5

Fuses ............................................................................ 8-21Fusible links ................................................................ 8-21

G

Garage door opener, HomeLink UniversalTransceiver.................................................................. 2-39Gas cap....................................................................... 3-11Gauge............................................................................. 2-3

Engine coolant temperature gauge .................. 2-5Fuel gauge .............................................................. 2-5Odometer ................................................................ 2-4Speedometer.......................................................... 2-4Tachometer ............................................................. 2-4

General maintenance.................................................. 8-2Glove box .................................................................... 2-30Glove box lock ........................................................... 2-30

H

Hazard warning flasher switch............................... 2-24Head restraints ............................................................. 1-7Headlights

Aiming control ..................................................... 2-22Bulb replacement ............................................... 8-25Headlight switch ................................................. 2-20Xenon headlights ................................................ 2-19

Heated seats .............................................................. 2-25Heater

Engine block heater ........................................... 5-26Heater and air conditioner (automatic) ......... 4-15

HomeLink Universal Transceiver ......................... 2-39Hood, release ............................................................... 3-9Horn.............................................................................. 2-25How to stop alarm, Vehicle security .................... 2-16

I

Ignition switch............................................................... 5-8Key positions .......................................................... 5-8

Immobilizer system.................................................... 2-16Indicator lights............................................................ 2-13Inside

Automatic anti-glare mirror............................... 3-15Mirror...................................................................... 3-14

Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test ........................ 9-22Instrument panel........................................................... 2-2Interior light ................................................................. 2-37Interior light replacement......................................... 8-26ISOFIX child restraint............................................... 1-39

J

Jump starting................................................................. 6-8

K

Keyless entry (See remote keyless entrysystem) ........................................................................... 3-4Keys................................................................................. 3-2

L

Label, Air conditioner specification label ............ 9-12Label, Emission control information label............ 9-11Label, F.M.V.S.S. certification label ...................... 9-11Labels

Air bag warning labels ...................................... 1-20Engine serial number ......................................... 9-11Vehicle identification number (VIN)................ 9-10

LATCH system........................................................... 1-39License plate, Installing front license plate......... 9-13Light

Air bag warning light ......................................... 1-20Bulb replacement ............................................... 8-24Fog light switch................................................... 2-24Headlight switch ................................................. 2-20Headlights Bulb replacement .......................... 8-25Interior light .......................................................... 2-37Luggage lights..................................................... 2-39Replacement ........................................................ 8-24Vanity mirror light................................................ 2-39Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders ..................................................... 2-9, 2-13Xenon headlights ................................................ 2-19

Lights, Exterior and interior light replacement ... 8-26Loading information (See vehicle loadinginformation) ................................................................. 9-14Lock

Door locks............................................................... 3-2Glove box lock..................................................... 2-30Power door lock .................................................... 3-2

Low fuel warning light.............................................. 2-11Low tire pressure warning light ............................. 2-12Low tire pressure warning system .......................... 5-3

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

10-3

Luggage lights ........................................................... 2-39

M

MaintenanceBattery ................................................................... 8-14General maintenance ........................................... 8-2Inside the vehicle................................................... 8-3Maintenance precautions .................................... 8-5Maintenance requirements.................................. 8-2Outside the vehicle............................................... 8-2Seat belt maintenance ...................................... 1-32Under the hood and the vehicle........................ 8-4

Manual front seat adjustment ................................... 1-2Meters and gauges ..................................................... 2-3Mirror

Automatic anti-glare inside mirror .................. 3-15Inside mirror ......................................................... 3-14Outside mirror control ....................................... 3-15Outside mirrors ................................................... 3-15

N

Net, Cargo net ........................................................... 2-32New vehicle break-in................................................ 5-16Nissan vehicle Immobilizer System....................... 2-15Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System, Enginestart.................................................................................. 5-9

O

Odometer....................................................................... 2-4

OilCapacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ................................................................. 9-2Changing engine oil ........................................... 8-10Changing engine oil filter ................................. 8-11Checking engine oil level .................................... 8-9Engine oil................................................................. 8-9Engine oil viscosity ............................................... 9-5

Outside mirror control.............................................. 3-15Outside mirrors .......................................................... 3-15Overheat, If your vehicle overheats ...................... 6-10Owner’s Manual/Service Manual orderinformation................................................................... 9-24

P

ParkingBrake check ......................................................... 8-19Parking brake check .......................................... 5-14Parking brake operation.................................... 5-14Parking on hills .................................................... 5-20

Parking/parking on hills ........................................... 5-20Pedal position adjustment....................................... 3-13Phone, Car phone or CB radio ............................. 4-31Power

Front seat adjustment .......................................... 1-3Power door lock .................................................... 3-2Power outlet......................................................... 2-27Power steering fluid ........................................... 8-12Power steering system...................................... 5-21Power windows................................................... 2-33

Pre-tensioner seat belt system.............................. 1-19Precautions

Audio operation precautions............................ 4-20

Braking precautions ........................................... 5-21Cruise control precautions............................... 5-14Driving safety.......................................................... 5-5Maintenance precautions .................................... 8-5On child restraints.............................................. 1-32On-pavement and offroad driving precautions(AWD)...................................................................... 5-5On seat belt usage ............................................ 1-22Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem ...................................................................... 1-9Precautions when starting and driving ............ 5-2

Push starting .............................................................. 6-10

R

RadioCar phone or CB radio..................................... 4-31Steering switch for audio system................... 4-30

Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) test(US only)...................................................................... 9-22Rear center seat belt................................................ 1-29Rear door lock, Child safety rear door lock.......... 3-4Rear power point....................................................... 2-27Rear seat adjustment.................................................. 1-5Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch ........................................................................... 2-19Rear window wiper and washer switch .............. 2-18Registering your vehicle in another country ....... 9-10Remote keyless entry system ................................... 3-4Reporting safety defects (US only) ...................... 9-22Rollover........................................................................... 5-4

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

10-4

S

SafetyChild seat belts ................................................... 1-24Reporting safety defects (US only)................ 9-22Towing safety....................................................... 9-18

SeatBelt warning light................................................ 1-22Belt warning light and chime........................... 2-11

Seat adjustmentFront manual seat adjustment............................ 1-2Front power seat adjustment ............................. 1-3Rear seat adjustment ........................................... 1-5

Seat belt(s)Child safety .......................................................... 1-24Infants and small children................................. 1-24Injured persons.................................................... 1-25Larger children .................................................... 1-25Pre-tensioner seat belt system ....................... 1-19Precautions on seat belt usage ...................... 1-22Pregnant women................................................. 1-25Rear center seat belt ......................................... 1-29Seat belt cleaning ................................................. 7-4Seat belt extenders ............................................ 1-31Seat belt hooks................................................... 1-28Seat belt maintenance ...................................... 1-32Seat belts ............................................................. 1-22Three-point type with retractor ....................... 1-25

Seat(s)Driver-side memory ............................................ 3-16Heated seats........................................................ 2-25Seats ........................................................................ 1-2

Security system, vehicle security system............ 2-15

Security systems (Nissan Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem), Engine start ............................................... 2-16Security systems (See vehicle securitysystem)......................................................................... 2-15Servicing air conditioner .............................. 4-15, 4-18Shifting, CVT (Continuously VariableTransmission) ............................................................. 5-10Shift lock release....................................................... 5-13Shoulder belt height adjustment, Except for rearcenter seat .................................................................. 1-28Side air bag system (See supplemental side air bagand curtain side-impact air bag system)............. 1-17Spark plugs................................................................. 8-16Speedometer ................................................................ 2-4Starting

Before starting the engine .................................. 5-9Jump starting .......................................................... 6-8Precautions when starting and driving ............ 5-2Push starting........................................................ 6-10Starting the engine............................................. 5-10

SteeringPower steering fluid ........................................... 8-12Power steering system...................................... 5-21Steering switch for audio system................... 4-30Tilting steering wheel......................................... 3-13

Storage ........................................................................ 2-28Sun shade................................................................... 2-36Sun visors ................................................................... 3-14Sunroof ........................................................................ 2-35Supplemental air bag warning labels................... 1-20Supplemental air bag warning light .......... 1-20, 2-12Supplemental front air bag system....................... 1-15Supplemental side air bag and curtain side-impactair bag systems.......................................................... 1-17

Supplemental restraint system ................................. 1-9Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem ...................................................................... 1-9

SwitchAutolight switch .................................................. 2-21AWD lock switch operations........................... 5-18Fog light switch................................................... 2-24Hazard warning flasher switch ........................ 2-24Headlight aiming control switch ..................... 2-22Headlight switch ................................................. 2-20Ignition switch ........................................................ 5-8Power door lock switch....................................... 3-4Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch..................................................................... 2-19Turn signal switch .............................................. 2-24Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch... 2-26

T

Tachometer.................................................................... 2-4Temperature gauge, Engine coolant temperaturegauge .............................................................................. 2-5Theft (Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System), Enginestart ............................................................................... 2-16Three way catalyst....................................................... 5-3Tilting steering wheel ............................................... 3-13Tire

Flat tire ..................................................................... 6-2Uniform tire quality grading.............................. 9-21

Tire pressure, Low tire pressure warninglight ............................................................................... 2-12Tires

Low tire pressure warning system.................... 5-3Spare tire .............................................................. 8-32

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

10-5

Tire chains ............................................................ 8-29Tire placard .......................................................... 9-12Tire pressure........................................................ 8-27Tire pressure information (with navigationsystem)..................................................................... 4-5Tire pressure information (without navigationsystem) .................................................................. 4-10Tire rotation .......................................................... 8-30Types of tires ....................................................... 8-28Wheel/tire size ....................................................... 9-9Wheels and tires ................................................ 8-27

Tonneau cover ........................................................... 2-32Top tether strap child restraints ............................ 1-40Towing

Tow truck towing ................................................ 6-11Towing a trailer.................................................... 9-16Towing load/specification chart ...................... 9-16Towing safety....................................................... 9-18

Trailer towing.............................................................. 9-16Transceiver, HomeLink UniversalTransceiver.................................................................. 2-39Transmission, CVT (Continuously VariableTransmission) ............................................................. 5-10Transmission, CVT fluid........................................... 8-12Transmission, Transmission selector lever lockrelease.......................................................................... 5-13Transmitter (See remote keyless entry system)... 3-4Traveling or registering your vehicle in anothercountry ......................................................................... 9-10Turn signal switch ..................................................... 2-24

U

Underbody cleaning .................................................... 7-3

Uniform tire quality grading .................................... 9-21

V

Vanity mirror light ...................................................... 2-39Vehicle

Dimensions and weights ..................................... 9-9Dynamic control (VDC) off switch ................. 2-26Dynamic control (VDC) system....................... 5-23Identification number (VIN)............................... 9-10Loading information............................................ 9-14Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) ................. 6-14Security system................................................... 2-15

Ventilators.................................................................... 4-14

W

Warning labels, Air bag warning labels .............. 1-20Warning light

Air bag warning light.............................. 1-20, 2-12Anti-lock brake warning light ............................. 2-9AWD warning light............................................. 5-19Brake warning light ............................................ 2-10Door open warning light ................................... 2-11Low fuel warning light ....................................... 2-11Low tire pressure warning light ...................... 2-12Seat belt warning light and chime ................. 2-11

Warning lights .............................................................. 2-9Warning, Hazard warning flasher switch ............ 2-24Warning, Low tire pressure warning system........ 5-3Warning, Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders ....................................................................... 2-9Warranty, Emission control system warranty ..... 9-22

Washer switchRear window wiper and washer switch........ 2-18Windshield wiper and washer switch ........... 2-18

Washing ......................................................................... 7-2Waxing............................................................................ 7-2Weights (See dimensions and weights) ............... 9-9Wheel/tire size.............................................................. 9-9Wheels and tires ....................................................... 8-27

Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels ....................... 7-3Window washer fluid ............................................... 8-13Window(s)

Cleaning................................................................... 7-3Power windows................................................... 2-33

Windshield wiper and washer switch.................. 2-18Wiper

Rear window wiper and washer switch........ 2-18Windshield wiper and washer switch ........... 2-18Windsheild wiper blades .................................. 8-17Rear window wiper blade................................. 8-19

X

Xenon headlights....................................................... 2-19

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

10-6

FUEL RECOMMENDATION:Use unleaded regular gasoline with an oc-tane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number91).

For improved vehicle performance,NISSAN recommends the use of unleadedpremium gasoline with an octane rating ofat least 91 AKI number (Research octanenumber 96).

CAUTION

Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emission con-trol systems, and may also affect war-ranty coverage.

Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, since this willdamage the three way catalyst.

For additional information, see “Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants” in the “9. Techni-cal and consumer information” section.

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION:� API Certification Mark

� API grade SG/SH, Energy Conserving I & IIor API grade SJ or SL, Energy Conserving

� ILSAC grade GF-I, GF-II & GF-III

� SAE 5W-30 viscosity oil is preferred for allambient temperatures. SAE 10W-30,10W-40 viscosity oil may be used for ambi-ent temperatures above 0°F (−18°C).

See “Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants” in the “9. Technical and consumerinformation” section for engine oil and oil filterrecommendation.

COLD TIRE PRESSURES:See tire placard affixed to the center pillar.

NEW VEHICLE BREAK-INPROCEDURESRECOMMENDATION:During the first 1,000 miles (1,600 km) of ve-hicle use, follow the recommendations outlinedin the “Break-in schedule” Information found inthe “5. Starting and driving” section of thisOwner’s Manual.

GAS STATION INFORMATION

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

QUICK REFERENCE1. Battery (P.8-14)

2. Brake fluid (P.8-12)

3. Meters and gauges (P.2-3)

4. Hood release (P.3-9)

5. Seat (P.1-2)

6. Seat belt (P.1-22)

7. Door lock/key (P.3-3)

8. Fuel (P.3-11, P.9-2)

9. Engine oil (P.8-9)

10. Windshield washer fluid (P.8-13)

11. Engine coolant (P.8-8)

12. Power steering fluid (P.8-12)

13. Audio system (P.4-19)/Heater and air conditioner (P.4-15)

14. Spare tire (P.6-4, P.8-32)

STI0344

� 03.1.28/Z50-D/V5.0 �

2003 nissan murano - nissan extended warranty

Documents